This is only a preview of the August 2007 issue of Silicon Chip. You can view 35 of the 104 pages in the full issue, including the advertisments. For full access, purchase the issue for $10.00 or subscribe for access to the latest issues. Articles in this series:
Items relevant to "20W Class-A Amplifier Module; Pt.4":
Items relevant to "Adaptive Turbo Timer":
Items relevant to "Subwoofer Controller":
Articles in this series:
Purchase a printed copy of this issue for $10.00. |
SILICON
CHIP
If you are seeing a blank page here, it is
more than likely that it contained advertising
which is now out of date and the advertiser
has requested that the page be removed to
prevent misunderstandings.
Please feel free to visit the advertiser’s website:
www.jaycar.com.au
Contents
Vol.20, No.8; August 2007
SILICON
CHIP
www.siliconchip.com.au
Features
10 How To Cut Your Greenhouse Emissions; Pt.2
More surprises – how solar water heating can be environmentally worse than
gas water heating, for example – by Peter Seligman
25 Ezitrak Vehicle Security System
The story was all about a carjacking in Nigeria, foiled by an Aussie vehicle
tracking system . . . but we wanted to know more! – by Ross Tester
36 The LM4562: a new super-low-distortion opamp
This new National Semiconductor chip is used in our Class-A preamp. We
discovered how difficult it was to measure its low distortion! – by Mauro Grassi
84 Review: Rigol DS5062MA Digital Storage Oscilloscope
Solar hot water is good. Gas
boosted solar is bettter! Page 10.
A dual-channel 60MHz DSO and a real-time sampling rate of 1GS /s for under
$1000? It’s a lot of scope – by Mauro Grassi
Pro jects To Build
14 20W Class-A Amplifier Module; Pt.4
This low-noise, low-distortion preamp and remote volume control module
complements the Class-A design perfectly – by John Clarke & Greg Swain
42 Adaptive Turbo Timer
High performance
preamp with I/R remote
volume control – Page 14.
Any vehicle with a turbo needs the capability of letting the engine run on to
cool down properly. This adaptive timer does it automatically – by John Clarke
57 Subwoofer Controller
All the features you want in a Subwoofer Controller, including low and highpass filter, parametric equaliser, sub amp switching and more – by Jim Rowe
72 Build A 6-Digit Nixie Clock, Pt.2
We introduced it last month – now you get to build this amazing retro clock
with its warm glowing Nixies and contrasting blue LEDs – by David Whitby
Special Columns
30 Circuit Notebook
• 12V or 24V Traffic Indicator • Airflow Detector using a torch bulb
• Freezer Alarm with LED temperature readout • PICAXE thermostat for a
240V heater • White LED touch light • MP3 player remote control
Adaptive Turbo Timer to protect
your engine – Page 42.
38 Serviceman’s Log
Serviceman of the Overflow – by the TV Serviceman
90 Vintage Radio
Restoring an AWA 948C Car Radio– by Rodney Champness
Departments
2 Publisher’s Letter
4 Mailbag
79 Order Form
siliconchip.com.au
87 Product Showcase
96 Ask Silicon Chip
102 Market Centre
Subwoofer controller with all
bells, no whistles – Page 57.
August 2007 1
SILICON
CHIP
www.siliconchip.com.au
Publisher & Editor-in-Chief
Leo Simpson, B.Bus., FAICD
Production Manager
Greg Swain, B.Sc.(Hons.)
Technical Staff
John Clarke, B.E.(Elec.)
Ross Tester
Jim Rowe, B.A., B.Sc, VK2ZLO
Mauro Grassi, B.Sc.(Hons.)
Photography
Ross Tester
Reader Services
Ann Morris
Advertising Enquiries
Glyn Smith
Phone (02) 9939 3295
Mobile 0431 792 293
glyn<at>siliconchip.com.au
Regular Contributors
Brendan Akhurst
Rodney Champness, VK3UG
Kevin Poulter
Mike Sheriff, B.Sc, VK2YFK
Stan Swan
SILICON CHIP is published 12 times
a year by Silicon Chip Publications
Pty Ltd. ACN 003 205 490. ABN 49
003 205 490 All material copyright
©. No part of this publication may
be reproduced without the written
consent of the publisher.
Printing: Hannanprint, Noble Park,
Victoria.
Distribution: Network Distribution
Company.
Subscription rates: $89.50 per year
in Australia. For overseas rates, see
the subscription page in this issue.
Editorial office:
Unit 1, 234 Harbord Rd,
Brookvale, NSW 2100.
Postal address: PO Box 139,
Collaroy Beach, NSW 2097.
Phone (02) 9939 3295.
Fax (02) 9939 2648.
E-mail: silicon<at>siliconchip.com.au
ISSN 1030-2662
* Recommended and maximum price only.
2 Silicon Chip
Publisher’s Letter
Technology is fighting the
war against terrorists
No one can fail to be alarmed at the recent terrorism
attempts against Glasgow Airport and a number of
London night spots. It was only by very good fortune
that the car bombs failed to explode and the attack
at Glasgow was stopped at the last moment. Even
more alarming are the reports that some of the people
involved are foreign doctors who have attempted to
gain entry to Australia to work in our hospitals.
Some people have implied that the terrorists
were inept because the bombs did not work. It would
have been a different story if they had exploded, as they could normally have
been expected to. Then the terrorists would have been regarded as successful,
of course. After all, the car bombs used the same methodology as has been used
with monotonous regularity in Iraq and other parts of the world. So people in
the UK have been truly fortunate.
The good fortune was extended because the unexploded car bombs revealed a
great deal of forensic information, especially from the mobile phones which were
to be used as the triggers. It turns out that the phones were rung several times by
the bombers, to trigger the explosions. All of this information and a great deal more
has been gleaned from the phones, including some of the links to Australia.
Even if the bombs had gone off, it is likely that the authorities would have
been able to retrieve the SIM cards in the mobile phones and their investigation
would have progressed rapidly from that point, as phone call and SMS message
records on them were all linked up. And even without the phones, the authorities
would have been able to make quite a few connections back to the bombers via
the vast number of CCTV cameras which are used throughout London. Not only
would these cameras have been used to reconstruct the bombers’ car journeys to
their final destinations but many of these cameras would also have number plate
recognition to make the job easier.
Even so, it would presumably have been a monumental task even with the
assistance of sophisticated computer technology. No doubt face recognition technology would also have been used as well, so ultimately, the terrible web woven
by these evil people would have been unravelled.
In case you are wondering, while not in the same quantities as in London
and other major cities worldwide, there are now considerable numbers of CCTV
cameras employed around major Australian cities. You would hope that, with the
strong connections that Australian anti-terrorist authorities have back to the UK,
they could be used to detect or unravel a terrorist attack here as well. It seems
likely that an attempt could be made at some time in this country. Let us all hope
that no attempts are made.
Lest anyone rest easy that the authorities are on top of terrorists, nothing can
be further from the truth. Would-be terrorists can be expected to learn from past
mistakes and they are likely to take more precautions against any detective efforts after their attempts. If you want evidence of that, one only has to see how
people robbing auto teller machines have adopted masks and other measures to
prevent identification from the inevitable camera surveillance. Terrorists will
do the same.
As one who finds the increasing camera surveillance throughout our cities and
on the roads disquieting and a challenge to individual liberties and privacy, I have
to admit that this “big brother” technology can have a good side if it prevents the
carnage that occurs when terrorist attacks are successful.
Leo Simpson
siliconchip.com.au
Now available:
THE
5
5
They have
arrived!
Fuel Cells
Off grid power for measurement, transportation,
security and telecommunications industries
Generate electricity without combustion, without sunlight or wind,
without pollution. Fuel cells are small, lightweight and portable, quiet,
have no major moving parts and require no maintenance. They have an
expected operational life exceeding 8000 hours of run time.
5 litre and 10 litre fuel cartridges are available. For example, an off-grid
video camera will operate for up to 8 weeks on a single 10 litre fuel cartridge.
Technical data
DC POWER FOR CRITICAL COMMERCIAL
AND INDUSTRIAL APPLICATIONS
Hospital theatre backup
Portable medical instruments
Portable computers & cameras
Mining tools
Oceanographic instrumentation
Remote area power
Railway signalling
Rolling stock
Aviation
Military Systems
Ph: 61 89 302 5444
or order on line <at>
www.siomar.com
siliconchip.com.au
Model
Charging capacity
600
600Wh/day
50Ah/day
Nominal Voltage *
12V
Nominal Power
Nominal Current
Fuel consumption
1.1 litres per kWh. 1.3 litres per 100Ah
Weight
Dimensions
Batteries
1200
1200Wh/day
100Ah/day
1600
1600Wh/day
130Ah/day
12V
12V
25W
50W
65W
2.1A
4.2A
5.4A
7.3kg
*24V available on request
7.5kg
7.6kg
(L x W x H) 435mm x 200mm x 276mm
40 to 200AH recommended
100% availability
Maintenance free and absolutely reliable. Even under extreme climate
conditions it ensures 100% availability of your equipment. This is a
decisive advantage, especially in hard-to-reach areas or with critical
applications such as observation posts.
Fully automatic
Automatic charge control, continuously monitors battery status as it
powers your electrical equipment. If the battery’s voltage sinks below the
level pre-programmed by the user, the fuel cell activates, charges the
battery, and then automatically shuts itself off. And it does so without any
user intervention.
Remote Control
Each fuel cell can be connected by an interface adapter to any RS232
interface and serviced/monitored using a cellphone, laptop or PC from the
office.
Theft Proof
Solar cells need to be placed out in the open where it is difficult to protect
them against theft and vandalism. The compact fuel cell can be integrated
into any standard cabinet or box.
More Power
With the control interface you can operate up to 5 fuel cells in parallel,
giving you a capacity of up to 8000Wh per day.
Siomar Battery Industries
Ph: (08) 9302 5444 Email: mark<at>siomar.com
Contact:
August 2007 3
MAILBAG
Letters and emails should contain complete name, address and daytime phone number. Letters to the Editor are submitted on the condition that Silicon Chip Publications Pty Ltd may
edit and has the right to reproduce in electronic form and communicate these letters. This
also applies to submissions to “Ask SILICON CHIP” and “Circuit Notebook”.
Microphone mute
circuit is crude
I have some reservations on the
microphone mute circuit published in
the Circuit Notebook pages of the April
2007 issue. First, there is no provision
for powering the FET in either version.
Phantom power provides 48V, with
positive on both pins 2 and 3, negative
on pin 1. The battery-powered version
does not connect the battery negative
to the circuit.
Second, it is very poor audio design
to short out a signal path, especially
a low level one such as a microphone
or to impose anything prior to the
preamp. Normal muting is done by
interrupting the signal by either a
hardware switch on the microphone
body or in the mixer, or more usually
by a VCA such as a noise gate.
I used several methods of control
of leakage on front of stage mikes as
far back as 1972, when I designed the
Grateful Dead’s Wall of Sound system.
We used two instrument-grade differential mikes which cancelled in a
preamp and inverse summing circuit
at the mike mounting. Later, a VCA circuit was built with an industrial-grade
Conventional current
flow is logical
I am compelled to comment on
the letter “Electron Flow Versus
Conventional Current Flow” (SILICON CHIP, July 2007).
In simple terms, if one considers
electron flow, then upon connection
of an external circuit to a DC voltage source, the positive terminal of
the source can be said to attract an
electron which, once moved, leaves
a positively-charged “hole” in its
place. Another electron in the string
will move into this “hole” and, in
turn, leave a hole in its place, and
so on.
As this process continues, all
4 Silicon Chip
switch pad (such as is used to control
heavy machinery) and connected via
an insert jack on the mixer.
The switch pad must be sourced
from an industrial machinery dealer; I
had to go to the US for mine. All of the
commonly available switch pads are
lightly constructed of flimsy foil, easily
damaged and very unreliable. This is
very important to allow a quick bypass
in case of failure of the pad or circuit.
Today, in my PA I use the same
industrial-grade switch pad with a
simple signal generator to feed an
800Hz tone into the key insert on a
Drawmer 201 noise gate. The use of
a noise gate allows a precise adjustment of the attack, delay and amount
of signal reduction during gating; a
total mute is neither necessary nor
desirable.
Bear Stanley,
Atherton, Qld.
Flashing CFLs may be
due to leaky switches
I read with interest the letter (Mailbag, page 4, May 2007) about flashing
CFLs when the power is apparently off.
I live in a house built in the 1960s and
electrons move from the source’s
negative terminal to the positive
terminal.
However, if you think about the
direction of the “hole” movement
in the above process, it is effectively
moving in the opposite direction;
ie, from the positive terminal to the
negative terminal. Thus, current
flow can be thought of as the movement of electrons from negative
to positive OR as positive charges
moving from positive to negative.
Personally, I am happy with the
conventional current flow method
as used in SILICON CHIP magazine.
Terry Ives,
Penguin, Tas.
I too had the same problem with fluoro
lamps flashing spuriously.
I put the problem down to leaky
switches. They were the old PDL ones
and were full of dust and they don’t
actually provide good isolation, especially when 30 years old.
I had on previous occasions tested
the circuit while the switch was turned
off and NO LAMP fitted. A digital
multimeter confirmed that 230VAC
was still present, however there was
not enough current to light an incandescent lamp. I changed the light
switch for a new one (also by PDL)
and the problem (same symptoms
you describe), with the CFL flashing
spuriously, went away.
I have to say that leaky switches are
common and a wall switch shouldn’t
be relied on as a means of isolation.
I think you will find most electrical
people are warned about this in their
training. Removing the fuse (or wire
to breaker) is the only sure means of
isolation.
I do wonder how much energy is
being wasted by leaking switches, on
a national or an annual basis.
Alex Scott,
New Plymouth, NZ.
CFLs will add
to land fill
With regard to the CFL debate, I
agree that CFL development is still
in its infancy and there are too many
situations where they are not suitable.
More progress is needed before they
can ban the incandescent.
I actually have two of these “free
ones” plus one I purchased installed
in three rooms where they are usually left on for a while and they are
OK. The one I purchased, a Philips
18W “daylight”, is excellent with
no turn-on flicker. The two freebies
have turn-on flicker and an awful
siliconchip.com.au
Car speedos are
meant to read high
Regarding the recent letters expressing concern about inaccurate
speedos, the writers and the Editor
are quite right about them being inaccurate but this is deliberate.
As a scientific instrument maker
years ago, I used to repair and calibrate civilian and police speedos.
Police speedos were the only ones
calibrated to read precisely (to allow
them to accurately monitor road users’ compliance). Every other speedo
was calibrated to read about 4km
high at 60kmh (or about 6% high).
However, all odometers are calibrated to read accurately. Traditional
odometers are gear driven (not readily adjustable), while speedos are
magnetically coupled (to allow adjustment). Modern electronic odometers are similarly hard to adjust.
The reasons for this are that it
is impossible to maintain an exact
road speed as indicated by your
car’s speedo. Imagine trying to stay
on exactly 60km/h or 100km/h; the
only way to stay within the limit and
avoid a fine would be to keep your
speed below the limit indicated on
your speedo. A leeway of a couple
or so km/h allows the driver to keep
the needle near the required speed,
without suffering nervous tension
trying to monitor and adjust their
speed.
I am concerned that some may be
tempted to calibrate their speedos
precisely and therefore risk driving
at unsafe speeds or being prosecuted
for it.
Adrian Leake,
Tamworth, NSW.
Comment: you make some interest-
“warm daylight” colour. I opened up
a broken one I had and as usual, when
these things are discarded, they will
become useless electronic junk to be
added to landfill.
In my opinion, the choice should
remain with the consumer whether
to buy incandescents or CFLs. Tell the
government to concentrate on the big
power users such as air-conditioners,
electric cooking and electric hot wasiliconchip.com.au
ing points. In fact, even higher errors
are called for under the Australian
Design Rules.
As we interpret the ADR spec,
the indicated speed can be +10% of
the true speed + 4km/h. This could
result in a car speedo indicating
114km/h when the true speed is
100km/h.
This could lead to real problems
if the driver knows that the speedo
is wildly optimistic and then drives
accordingly. In doing so, the driver
would still be driving legally (ie,
not exceeding the speed limits) but
would be in all sorts of bother if he
(or she) had an accident and then a
passenger in the car told police the
indicated speed at the time!
We would agree with your point
about the difficulty of sitting on an
exact speed were it not for the fact
that many cars now have cruise
control which makes precise speed
maintenance a doddle – except when
going down hills.
We think you may also find that
large trucks which have 100km/h
speed limiting are set quite accurately and this leads them quite
naturally to “tail-gate” motorists
who are sitting at 94km/h (or whatever) in the mistaken belief that they
are driving at the legal limit. The
truck drivers are right to want to sit
at their maximum speed, as they
quite naturally want to get to their
destination as quickly as possible,
so it must be very frustrating for
them as well.
Also it does seem quite ludicrous
for modern cars to have digital
speedos with such large errors. We
think it may be time for the ADR
speedo regulations to be updated.
Atmel’s AVR, from
JED in Australia
JED has designed a range of
single board computers and
modules as a way of using the
AVR without SMT board design
The AVR570 module (above) is a way of
using an ATmega128 CPU on a user base
board without having to lay out the intricate,
surface-mounted surrounds of the CPU, and
then having to manufacture your board on
an SMT robot line. Instead you simply layout
a square for four 0.1” spaced socket strips
and plug in our pre-tested module. The
module has the crystal, resetter, AVR-ISP
programming header (and an optional JTAG
ICE pad), as well as programming signal
switching. For a little extra, we load a DS1305
RTC, crystal and Li battery underneath,
which uses SPI and port G.
See JED’s www site for a datasheet.
AVR573 Single Board Computer
This board uses the AVR570 module and
adds 20 An./Dig. inputs, 12 FET outputs, LCD/
Kbd, 2xRS232, 1xRS485, 1-Wire, power reg.
etc. See www.jedmicro.com.au/avr.htm
$330 PC-PROM Programmer
This programmer plugs into a PC printer
port and reads, writes and edits any 28 or
32-pin PROM. Comes with plug-pack, cable
and software.
ter; these use lots more power than
domestic lighting.
Salvatore Sidoti,
Strathfield South, NSW.
High-resolution
audio frequency counter
In the April 2007 issue, there was
a request for a high-resolution audio
frequency meter. The Fischer and
Porter single loop controller of about
Also available is a multi-PROM UV eraser
with timer, and a 32/32 PLCC converter.
JED Microprocessors Pty Ltd
173 Boronia Rd, Boronia, Victoria, 3155
Ph. 03 9762 3588, Fax 03 9762 5499
www.jedmicro.com.au
August 2007 5
Mailbag: continued
Technology has
ignored the deaf
Technology appears to have sadly
ignored the deaf over recent years.
Rapid advances in software and
miniaturisation have produced the
current powerful crop of mobile
phones, yet still the deaf are depending on amplification as the only
“cure”, albeit with sophisticated
spectrum adjustment.
Next time you are down the pub
with your mates, try stuffing a very
thick sock in each ear and see how
isolated you become. People will
look at you as though you were stupid the third time you ask them to
repeat something (not just because
of the socks), then soon ignore you
completely.
How hard can it be for the bright
boys to come up with the concept
of building a speech recognition
module into a mobile phone, for example? We already have a vibration
ring tone, a microphone and a text
display and a multitude of frivolous
side effects (camera, email, etc).
Better still, how about a portable
hand-held device that docks with a
phone line base but can be switched
to local mode, allowing it to be carried at all times to assist in many
difficult situations?
Brian Critchley,
Elanora Heights, NSW.
20 years ago did this, as at the time Don’t throw out
many process control devices had a those dead CFLs
I would like to make a comment on
frequency output which was more
accurate than the alternative 4-20mA the proposed incandescent lamp ban,
analog input. It used a radiometric as discussed in the April 2007 issue
technique to calculate a high-resolu- of SILICON CHIP. In the States we are
tion frequency measurement across a just starting to use CFLs to replace
incandescent bulbs. They are slow in
wide range of frequencies.
This technique needs a reference catching on because it is voluntary,
frequency and three controllable not mandatory. I believe they will
counters. It had an explanation of how never replace incandescent bulbs
this was done in the manual. To see completely. There will always be a
what can be achieved, see the specs niche for them.
I would like to suggest that people
for the modern equivalent: http://www.
micmod.com/Docs/Specs/MicroDCI/S- save burned out CFLs. You can salvage
parts from them. They have a transDCI-53SL6000_2.pdf
former, inductors, capacitors (some
Graham Shepherd,
RF_SiliconChip_60x181mm.qxd 30/3/07 2:12 PM Page 1
high-voltage types) diodes, resistors
New Town, Tas.
and maybe transistors or Mosfets
which can be used again.
Craig Kendrick Sellen,
Carbondale,
Pennsylvania, USA.
Congratulations on
the Class-A Amplifier
I would like to congratulate you
on the 20W Class-A Amplifier being
featured in May 2007 and subsequent
editions. You can be sure it will be a
welcome addition to many a constructor’s corner. And many boffins who
have previously requested a valve
amplifier would be happy with this but
is it a solution for those still yearning
for a good classic valve amplifier? In
my opinion, No!
Just recently, we would have been
content to purchase an offering from
the spate of Chinese valve amplifier
imports but there appears to be a little greed governing the prices, as they
have skyrocketed, putting the cost
outside the mainstream purchasers’
budget. So sadly, we once again have to
prostrate ourselves and beg for a stereo
valve amplifier, maybe using Chinese
output transformers if the quality and
reliability is there.
Greg Johnson,
via email.
Digital amplifiers
sound very good
I was rather amazed to read in the
letters section in the July 2007 issue
(page 3) this month that SILICON CHIP
doesn’t seem to think digital amplifiers
sound very good.
You must be listening to some very
poor examples because I currently
ELECTRO CHEMICALS
Chemical Technology
6 Silicon Chip
• Dust Off • Freezing Spray • Electronic Cleaning Solvent No. 1
• Electronic Circuit Board Cleaner • Electrical Contact Cleaner Lubricant
• Video Head Cleaner • Ultrasonic Bath Cleaner • Isopropyl Alcohol
• Protek • Contact Treatment Grease • Contact Treatment Oil
• Solvent Diluted Oil • Contact Cleaning Strip • Circuit Board Lacquer
• Q43 – Silicon Grease Compound • Heat Sink Compound
Contact us to find your nearest distributor:
sales<at>rfoot.com.au Tel: 02 9979 8311 Fax: 02 9979 8098
Richard Foot Pty Ltd, 14/2 Apollo Street,Warriewood NSW 2102
siliconchip.com.au
LP to CD conversion
software
I’ve been reading your recent articles regarding LP to CD conversion
with enormous interest. My core
business involves recovering, cleaning, and digitising audio recordings
of all types for all kinds of listeners
and despite the possible detrimental effects to my business by such a
“how-to” article series, it’s great to
see a focus on retaining and (more
importantly) preserving our audio
heritage.
I know you can’t cover all the
software that’s out there currently
and I know myself how hard it is
to get good software to help protect
and recover audio recordings. But
I was really surprised to see the
absence of any mention of possibly
the most powerful and flexible commercially available audio editing
software, Adobe Audition, and to a
lesser extent, Diamond Cut (which
I believe is an Australian software
development)!
I’ve been using Audition since
the early 1990s (when it was called
Cool Edit Pro) and I’ve tried every
software package mentioned in Barrie Smith’s article (and many more
besides) and I’ve found all of them
to be surprisingly inferior in terms
have in my system a digital amplifier
which cost me only $70 and which
because of the quality of its sound has
completely stalled any plans I have or
had to build either a class-A or classAB amplifier such as those published
in your magazine.
As much as I enjoy reading your
audio articles and building your designs, I simply can’t justify the expense
of building amplifiers when digital
amplifiers such as the Sonic Impact
can give me such good sound for so
little outlay. In Australia right now you
could easily get at least three models
of digital amplifier, all under $300,
that would easily sound as good as
any commercial solid-state amplifier
costing up to $1000 or more!
Of course, they are not powerhouses
by any means but as long as one keeps
that in mind and uses them wisely then
siliconchip.com.au
of flexibility, speed, and ease of use.
I’m sure everyone has their favourite
editor or filter software but I can
assure you Audition allows me to
do things that the rest of the other
software mentioned in the article
can only approximate (at best).
Try getting ANY of the software
packages mentioned to load and edit
an 8+ gigabyte 192k, 24-bit PCM file
in less than four minutes - and by
edit, I mean edit down to the individual sample if required! The best
of the packages mentioned has difficulty opening (let alone editing) a
4-minute 44.1k/16-bit PCM file! I do
appreciate that not everyone needs
this kind of power or flexibility but
it is commercially available and it’s
easier to use than just about any of
the packages mentioned.
The results we’ve had with Audition are so good (for all types of audio
recordings and audio problems) that
we’re even started getting work sent
to us by the Australian Film and
Television Archives! Unfortunately,
Audition comes at a fairly high price
($A1600) but this software has built
and is continuing to improve our
audio recovery and repair services
every day!
Peter Naus, Audiography,
Mitcham, Vic.
you are rewarded with excellent sound
quality for very little outlay.
I have mine partnered with the
SILICON CHIP valve preamp and the
sound is thoroughly enjoyable. And
of course, they are efficient and so
use very little power (a point which
was overlooked in the same issue that
discussed energy conservation!). It is
for this reason that I wish you would
focus more on line stages, headphone
amplifiers, valve buffers, etc because
the need to construct power amplifiers
is for me at least gone.
Rob Knutsen,
Doncaster, Vic.
Comment: You have got to be kidding – it is highly unlikely that a $70
digital amplifier will sound anything
but ordinary. In fact, we recently tested
a 15W/channel digital amplifier with
pretensions to high fidelity. It was flat
Lower cost,
more capability...
...and designed especially for
electronics professionals.
Introducing the new U1252A DMM from Agilent
Technologies, the world leader in Test &
Measurement. The U1252A comes with...
- Dual simultaneous measurements
- 4.5 digit resolution on both displays
- 0.025% Basic DCV accuracy; True RMS AC
measurements
- Dual temperature; Capacitance 10nF to 100mF
- 20MHz Frequency Counter; Maths Functions
- Programmable square-wave generator
- Rechargeable battery, backlit LCD display
- Free PC connectivity software for data-logging
(optional cable required)
- Built tough and reliable
- Calibration certificate included
- 3 year Australian warranty
...and at a very affordable price!
Model U1251A
Model U1252A
$745 + GST
$795 + GST
Download product brochures, view online
demos, and purchase online at
www.measurement.net.au. Agilent’s new
handhelds are distributed Australia-wide by
Measurement Innovation.
Tel: 1300 726 550
www.measurement.net.au
info<at>measurement.net.au
August 2007 7
Mailbag: continued
out producing 7W into a single channel and its distortion was awful. Mind
you, it was cheap!
Kurrajong Radio
Museum acclaimed
My congratulations for the excellent Vintage Radio article by Rodney
Champness in the May 2007 issue on
the Kurrajong Radio Museum. The
information is very well reported and
the extensive, detailed photos are very
informative.
Hats off to the museum curator,
Ian O’Toole for making such a grand
effort to establish the museum and
for taking such great care in the preservation of the historical radio items
in his custody.
Graeme Dennes,
Bunyip, Vic.
PIR detectors
have six terminals
I was reading “Ask SILICON CHIP” in
the April 2007 issue and I came across
the question concerning PIR detectors.
Your answer is inaccurate. Most, if not
all, detectors have six terminals. Two
are for the supply rail to the detector;
usually 12V DC but occasionally 24V
DC and even 24V AC. Two are for the
anti-tamper loop; these are connected
to the sub-miniature microswitch
and monitor the detector’s case. The
case normally holds the microswitch
closed, which in turn holds the tamper
terminals closed.
The remaining two terminals are for
the alarm circuit and are connected to
a relay which is controlled by the PIR
circuitry. When power is connected
and the detector has not detected
movement, these terminals are closed
circuit. If power is removed or fails, or
if the detector detects movement, these
terminals are open circuited.
The alarm terminals do not sink or
source current in any way (unless it
is a specifically designed detector).
They only go open or closed circuit
through a relay.
Most, if not all, alarm systems use
a closed circuit loop on all detection
circuits as this ensures alarm activation if the wiring is cut. The use of an
“end of line” resistor is also extremely
common as this allows the alarm panel
to detect shorts in loops, as when
someone tries to bypass a detector
by connecting a short across the loop
wiring. The panel “sees” the higher
voltage across its alarm terminals
(because the end-of-line resistor is no
longer in circuit) and this triggers an
alarm. Very few “open loop” detectors
are used nowadays as they are too easily defeated.
Most modern panels will also use
end-of-line resistors of different value
to allow several alarm zones to be
monitored by just one set of terminals.
The Bosch 880 series of alarm panels
use two different resistor values to
give two zones per alarm loop. These
resistors are usually an odd value, eg,
3.3kW and 6.6kW 1% 5W. The 3.3kW
resistor is one zone and the 6.6kW
resistor is the other zone.
In this manner, an 8-zone panel can
be programmed to become a 16-zone
panel. The zone wiring remains the
same apart from the use of the two
different end-of-line resistor values.
Wiring an alarm loop to source
or sink current or voltage is simple;
just connect one of these terminals to
either the positive supply terminal or
the supply ground terminal, with the
appropriate current limiting resistor.
To use the average PIR detector on
the PC-Controlled Burglar Alarm, I
would wire one terminal to ground
or negative and wire the other back
to the PC-Controlled Alarm through a
current limiting resistor of, say, 10kW.
When the detector detects movement,
the alarm contacts go open circuit and
the PC alarm output thus goes high.
Just remember to adjust the software
accordingly.
Dave Sargent,
Howard, Qld.
Looking for real performance?
NOT A REPRINT – Completely NEW projects – the result of
two years research & development
160 PAGES
23 CHAPTE
RS
• Learn how engine management systems work
Fro m the
pub lish ers
of
• Build projects to control nitrous, fuel injection and turbo boost systems
• Switch devices on and off on the basis of signal frequency, temperature
and voltage
• Build test instruments to check fuel injector duty cycle, fuel mixture and
brake and coolant temperatures
• Speedo Corrector, Turbo Timer & Digital Thermometer Projects
Intelligen
t
turbo timer
I SBN 0958
5229 4 -
9 7809
5
8 5229
4
$19.80 (inc GST)
4
TURBO B
OOST
& nit
rous fuel co
ntrollers
6
NZ $22.00 (inc
GST)
How eng
in
manageme e
nt works
Mail order prices: Aust. $A22.50 (incl. GST & P&P); Overseas: $A26.00 via airmail.
Order by phoning (02) 9939 3295 & quoting your credit card number; or fax the details to (02) 9939 2648; or mail your
order with cheque or credit card details to Silicon Chip Publications, PO Box 139, Collaroy, NSW 2097.
8 Silicon Chip
siliconchip.com.au
For all those innovative, unique, interesting, hard to find products
IP Camera
Digital I/O
to Ethernet
Monitor your surveillance
camera remotely with a
web browser.
Cat 3594-7 $199
Extend USB 60m
Extend any USB 1.1 device up to
60m from the PC over inexpensive
network cable (not included)
Cat 11683-7 $99
This unit allows the user
to remotely control 7 Digital I/O ports and
1 RS232/422/485 port over LAN or WAN.
Cat 15157-7 $329
1800 625 777
12v Mobile PC
www.mgram.com.au
Suitable for cars, boats, or
space critical situations.
With XP Pro.
Cat 1168-7 $1699
ask<at>mgram.com.au
Wireless VGA Gateway
Transmit VGA signals over a
standard 802.11g network to the
Wireless VGA Gateway.
Cat 1008265-7 $549
USB VGA Adapter
Use your new notebook ExpressCards in
a standard PC. Requires a PCIe 1x slot.
Cat 2457-7 $109
USB Microscope
Easy to operate with simple
magnification and focus
control.
Cat 3626-7 $239
DVD/CD Carousel
Easily catalogue up to
150 discs, comes
with software.
Cat 6303-7 $269
Increase the storage
space on your network
with this easy to install
dual IDE NAS.
Cat 6900-7 $249
USB EPROM
Programmer
This programmer
connects to a USB
port & has a 32 pin
ZIF socket. It will
program from 16k to 8M.
Cat 3624-7 $499
PCI to PCMCIA Adapter
Allows the use of PCMCIA
and PC Card devices
designed for
notebooks in a
standard desktop PC.
Cat 6539-7 $89
Digital
I/O PCI Card
Features 8 opto isolated digital
input channels & 8 reed relays.
Cat 17074-7 $399
Overnight
delivery
available*
What’s New?
What’s New?What’s New?What’s New?What’s New?What’sNew?
What’s New?What’s New?What’s New?What’s New?What’s New?
Cat. No.
Dual HD NAS
Macro Keypad
This 20 key keypad allows the user to store
multiple keystrokes or complex commands
under one key.
Cat 8904-7 $299
Description
Price
Cat 2860
2860-7
3154-7
6940-7
6941-7
PCMCIA USB 2.0 PC Card
PCMCIA 2 port SATA RAID PC Card
USB 2.0 to IDE/SATA Adapter with One Touch Backup
USB 2.0 to eSATA Adapter
3668-7
10226-7
23050-7
Outdoor IP Camera with Night Vision
Skype Dualphone Stand alone Model - no pc required!
HDMI Switch 3 to 1
Serial to
Ethernet
Easily web enable
your serial devices.
Available in 1, 2, 4, and 8 port models.
Cat 15141-7 (1 port) $259
$68
$89
$68
$55
Cat 10226
Cat 23050
Call
$339
$199
6942-7
6943-7
6944-7
4759-7
4760-7
USB 2.0 Flashdrive supports Vista ReadyBoost 1Gb
USB 2.0 Flashdrive supports Vista ReadyBoost 2Gb
USB 2.0 Flashdrive supports Vista ReadyBoost 4Gb
Digital LCD Photo Frame 7"
Digital LCD Photo Frame 8"
3669-7
3670-7
19008-7
6945-7
6946-7
6852-7
19009-7
License Plate Recognition Surveillance Software - 1 Lane
License Plate Recognition Surveillance Software - 2 Lane
USB Telephone Recorder
DVD/CD Duplicator - 1 to 1
DVD/CD Duplicator - 1 to 5
DVD/CD Duplicator - 1 to 9
Telephone Visual Signal Alert
11929-7
17110-7
17111-7
6947-7
6948-7
Wireless RS-485 Link - Up to 900m Line of Sight
Hard Disk Encryptor / Security Key - PCI Card
Hard Disk Encryptor / Security Key - Front Bay
eSATA 4 Port Hub
eSATA 5 x Hard Disk Enclosure
$199
$199
$184
$799
1182-7
1183-7
1184-7
1185-7
Cat 11929
10" LCD - Splashproof Sunreadable LCD
10" LCD - Splashproof Sunreadable LCD with Touchscreen
17" LCD - Splashproof Sunreadable LCD
17" LCD - Splashproof Sunreadable LCD with Touchscreen
$1799
Call
$3099
Call
Cat 4760
Cat 6946
$46
$78
$163
$199
$279
$1700
$2200
$167
$599
$1799
$2999
$129
Laser Barcode Scanner
Comes with a stand and a 5 year
warranty! Attaches to a PS/2 port.
Cat 8613-7 $399
LGA775
Motherboard
with ISA
This i915G based motherboard supports
Pentium D CPUs and has 2 ISA slots.
Cat 17101-7 $699
Wireless
TV Sharer
Transmit Video and Audio signals
(RCA) up to 100m over a wireless link.
Also relays an Infrared remote control.
Cat 11808-7 $79
DVI
Extender
Extend DVI up to 25m over network cable.
Cat 3628-7 $269
Not sure what’s needed? Call us for friendly advice!
ask<at>mgram.com.au phone: 1800 625 777 or visit www.mgram.com.au
Reseller
inquiries
welcome
* Parcels under 3kg to major centres. All prices subject to change without notice. For current pricing visit our website. Pictures are indicative only.
SHORE AD/MGRM0507
PCIe to ExpressCard
Plugs into a USB 2.0 port and
allows the user to extend their
desktop over two screens (or three
screens if already using a dual head
video card).
Cat 15156-7 $179
How To Cut Yo
Greenhouse Em
More environmental surprises – how solar water heating
can be worse than gas, about fake “green electricity” and
are carbon offset schemes the answer?
I
n last month’s article, I said that solar water heating was
an excellent idea. I lied! Well, maybe not completely
but I have to tell you a longer story.
Seventeen years ago I connected solar water heating
panels to our electrically heated off-peak hot water service.
It’s still working – that’s the good news. The not-so-good
news? Before the installation we used 4300kWh per annum
for water heating, since then 2800kWh. This is a reduction
of 35%. Why is it so modest?
Competition!
The big problem is that the solar and the electric booster
compete with each other. If it is a cloudy day, then overnight, electricity heats the water. If the following day is
sunny, the solar has not much to do.
The temptation of course is to turn off the electric heater
altogether and go 100% solar. This often works quite well
for a while a time in the summer months. Then the inevitable happens – you run out – and you are the bad guy
– the greenie!
Here is a graph of my home electricity use for domestic
water heating. Obviously 1989 was the year we installed
the solar panels. What about the years 1986 – 1996? Why
was it always climbing? The answer: Teenagers! We had
two boys.
By 1997 they had started to behave more responsibly.
By about 2003 they had both moved out, as you can see
from the graph. In fact you can almost read the history of
the family through the hot water service!
Solar water heating: does it really save money?
The map below shows the proportion of solar contribution you can expect across Australia. As you can see, you
need to live in Cairns, Brisbane, Perth or Darwin to get more
than 75% from solar. That last bit boosted by electricity is
the unfortunate part.
Let’s consider water heating from the greenhouse gas
perspective. One kWh of electricity produced by burning
brown coal (as we do in Victoria) produces 1.3kg of carbon
dioxide. So our solar panels were reducing our CO2 from
5.6 to 3.7 tonnes per year. That’s moderately good.
However, what if we had just opted for a normal natural
gas water heater? The answer to that can be obtained from
10 Silicon Chip
siliconchip.com.au
our
missions
Part II
by Peter Seligman, PhD
the Rheem hot water manual. Rheem manufactures both
electric and gas heaters and the answer is that we would
have used 62MJ/day, equivalent to 6300kWh per annum,
more than with the pre-solar electric tank but the carbon
dioxide emissions would have been only 1.4 tonnes per
annum – less than half of the solar system.
Preheat your water with solar and save!
I was not planning to take out my solar system and simply
replace it with a gas one. There is a much better way. That
is, to use the existing solar as a pre-heater for one of the
new generation instantaneous type systems.
This is no greenie “Heath Robinson” idea, at least four
major manufacturers of hot water systems now offer it. It
offers the best of both worlds – a solar system that can do
its best without interference from a booster and a gas heater
to do the rest. Even better, the instantaneous system does
not have heat losses associated with having a flue.
I was horrified to discover that a conventional gas storage
heater uses 25MJ/day just keeping the water hot without
any being used.
To supply 150 litres per day it uses 62MJ/day. When
the unit is sitting there doing nothing while you are away
on holidays, three equivalent 100W light globes of heat
are going up the flue, all day every day. It’s a pretty good
reason for turning it off when you go away!
The electric storage tank, having no flue, has much lower
losses, one 100W light globe, on 24 hours a day. That’s
equivalent to four Melbourne-Sydney trips a year! The
gas instantaneous boosted solar system wins handsomely
over the others.
To summarise:
kWh
per year
4300
Tonnes of CO2
per year
5.6
Solar with off-peak electric
2800
3.7
Gas storage heater
6300
1.4
Solar with instantaneous gas boost
3000
0.7
Type of water heater
Off-peak electric
Don’t even think about taking out gas to put in solar!
siliconchip.com.au
You might ask: why didn’t I do this years ago? Water
heating by using electricity is obviously a silly idea – I
must have known that. Well I did. But there were several
other thoughts. One was that using gas is using a limited
resource, whereas there is so much coal that we will never
be able to use it all.
The other thought was that coal fired power stations
cannot be rapidly turned off and on. That’s why the power
companies sell off-peak electricity very cheaply. The
thought that I had was that the coal burnt overnight will
be burnt anyway, whether we use the electricity or not.
That’s why they were selling it for a third of the normal
price. This was my thinking.
So ideally, if you remove yourself from the off-peak load,
it would be good to remove yourself from the peak load
too. We’ll get on to that shortly.
Heat pumps?
I have mentioned the advantage of gas to boost solar but
I realise that not everyone has this option. A good alternative, although expensive, is the heat-pump water heater.
Examples can be checked on www.enviro-friendly.com/
quantum-heat-pump-water-heater.shtml and www.rheem.
com.au/domestic product.asp?model=551310
Heat pumps work by pumping heat from the surroundings into the water, in the same way as a reverse-cycle airAugust 2007 11
conditioner can pump heat into the house. Heat pumps can
provide about three times as much heating as a resistive
heating element. The advantages are that you don’t need a
north facing roof, and you don’t need a gas supply.
The bigger picture
So far I have concentrated on water heating, because
water heating takes about half of the energy used in a
household. However, now let’s look at a bigger picture, the
normal electricity load for lights, fridge etc.
For us, that’s about 2700kWh/year, which translates
into 3.5 tonnes of CO2/year for electricity generated from
coal. Before our change to low energy lamps, it was about
4000kWh/year – 5.2 tonnes. From that down to 3.5 tonnes
was a big improvement but what’s the next step? Eliminate
the 3.5 tonnes!
That could be in done in two ways. We could either
spend $18,000 on a grid-connected solar photovoltaic
system or for about $150 per year, buy electricity from a
renewable source. For a very obvious reason, we chose
the second option.
A word of warning about “green” or “renewable” electricity: you almost certainly have been approached by an
electricity company offering “100% renewable” for no
extra cost.
Don’t believe a word of it! If you have already signed
up for this, check your electricity bill. It will tell you how
much CO2 has been emitted.
My first “100% renewable” bill, reproduced below, said
“Total greenhouse emissions for this bill: 1.08 tonnes. Total
greenhouse savings for this bill 0.15 tonnes”.
Huh? Run all that past me again?
How one can describe that as 100% renewable source
is a mystery and pure deception. In fact of the 40-odd
companies/products, there are only three which really
provide 100% renewable. The rest are far less.
Origin (Solar and Wind) and TRUenergy (Windpower)
do. AGL do, but watch it! Unless you are being quoted
about 5 cents extra over the standard rate, you can be sure
you are not getting that 100%.
The old maxim applies – if it sounds too good to be true
– it usually is. And if you do sign up – look at your bill!
Space heating
In southern Australia you need space heating, if you don’t
want to be the bad guy who goes around telling everybody
to put on sweaters instead of heating the house.
Our house in Melbourne is heated by gas. Space heating,
as you can imagine is one of the big energy users and also
a big CO2 producer. In the pre-green “business as usual”
scenario for us it looked like this:
As you can see, the central heating accounted for
about a quarter of the CO2 production of our house.
Before we went to gas-boosted solar, our gas consumption was due to heating and cooking. Cooking,
(we have a gas top only and an electric oven – as many
people do) accounted for a very small proportion of our
total CO2 production.
My wife cooks a lot – for a lot of people. But heating
is the big gas user. We were using, on average, 55,000MJ
(Megajoules) per annum. Gas is sold in MJ whereas electricity in kWh (kilowatt-hours).
This graph shows how, between 1992 and 1998, our
gas consumption inexorably rose, despite numerous
heating service calls. The abrupt drop was when we
installed the new heating system. By the way, in 1987
we extended the house so our gas consumption is now
about what it was before the extension.
12 Silicon Chip
siliconchip.com.au
They are both units of energy. You can convert MJ to kWh
by dividing by 3.6. Let’s not dwell on it (see the box). To
convert MJ to tonnes of CO2 produced divide MJ by 16,000.
Our central heating was producing (55,000/16,000) 3.4
tonnes of CO2 a year. It was an older type with a pilot
light. I had already taken the measure of turning off the
pilot light during the summer. That was using more gas
than the cook-top!
I decided, rather than wait until our 10-year-old unit
actually conked out, to replace it with a 5-star unit with
electronic ignition. At the same time we added some insulation to the ceiling,
The combined effect (and I can’t tell you how much is
due to what) was that we are now using about 39,000MJ
per year, a saving of 1 tonne of CO2 per year.
So looking at more comprehensive picture, on our domestic level, our CO2 reducing journey is now like this:
After taking out the silliness of electric water heating,
The author’s solar hot water heater doesn’t compete with
the instantaneous gas heater – it assists it by pre-heating
the water going into it, thus using less energy. This system
has helped to reduce CO2 emissions from more than
14 tonnes per annum down to just three. The hot water
component of that three tonnes is significantly less than
one tonne. Inset at top left is the gas heater’s rating plate
showing the output rating: 42kW – that’s 420 lightglobes!
central heating accounts for the majority of our CO2 production but at least the overall result is quite satisfying.
We are producing about a quarter of the CO2 that we out
started with.
You will, of course, be saying “what did all this cost?”
Well it wasn’t cheap but it was only a fraction of the price
of a four wheel drive – and will last a lot longer!
And here’s another way of looking at it: if you drive a
normal-sized car instead of a large 4WD, it will decrease
your CO2 production by about 2 tonnes a year (from about
6 to 4 tonnes).
For a fraction of that cost, you could potentially reduce
it by 11 tonnes (from 14 to 3 tonnes per annum).
What are your priorities?
SC
NEXT MONTH:
In the third and final part of this series, Peter Seligman takes
a look at the economics – both in dollars and CO2 – of electric
vehicles. How do they stack up against the green lobby’s
bete noir, the gas-guzzling automobile? And what of carbon
trading schemes? Is there a better way to generate sustainable
electricity? Stay tuned: and prepare to be surprised!
siliconchip.com.au
August 2007 13
Stereo Class-A
Amplifier; Pt.4
By JOHN CLARKE
& GREG SWAIN
P r ea m p l i f i er & Rem o t e Vo l u m e Con t r o l Mo d ul e
In Pt.4 this month, we present a high-performance Stereo
Preamplifier & Remote Volume Control module. It’s a lownoise, low-distortion design specifically engineered for the
Class-A amplifier but which can also be used with other
stereo power amplifiers.
Depending on your requirements,
you have several options when it
comes to using the new Class-A Stereo
Amplifier. Basically, the unit can be
combined with a high-quality external
preamplifier or used as a standalone
unit.
Typically, an external preamplifier
will be necessary if you want to connect several signal sources and switch
14 Silicon Chip
between them; eg, select between a CD
player, DVD player and a tuner. The
Class-A Stereo Amplifier would then
function simply as a power amplifier, with the signal from the external
preamp fed directly to the inputs of the
power amplifier modules. In this case,
all you would need to build into the
chassis are the left and right-channel
Class-A Power Amplifier modules
(May & June 2007), plus the Loudspeaker Protector & Muting Module
(July 2007).
If you do elect to use an external
preamplifier, then the SILICON CHIP
Studio Series Stereo Preamplifier (October 2005, July 2006) makes the ideal
companion unit. By the way, don’t be
put off by the 102dB signal-to-noise
ratio quoted for that unit in the July
siliconchip.com.au
Preamplifier Features & Performance
Main Features
•
•
•
High performance design – very low noise and distortion
Designed for the Class-A Stereo Amplifier but can also be used with
other power amplifier modules
On-board remote volume control circuit with motorised potentiometer
and muting
Measured Performance
Frequency response............... flat from 10Hz to 20kHz, -3dB <at> 100kHz
Input impedance.....................................................................~22kW
Output impedance..............................................................100W
Harmonic distortion................................. typically <.0005%
Signal-to-noise ratio....... -125dB unweighted for 1V input
Channel crosstalk................................... typically -125dB
ultra-low noise and distortion, but
with more than enough gain (with the
“wick” wound right up) to drive the
20W Class-A Amplifier modules to full
power output. In fact, if you were to
wind the wick up too far, the amplifier
will be driven well into clipping and
horrible distortion.
That pretty much defeats the purpose of building a high quality amplifier, so don’t do it!
This preamplifier is almost identical in configuration to our Studio
Series Stereo Preamplifier (October
2005). It’s a 2-chip design employing
a dual op amp IC in each channel, the
first stage providing the gain and the
second stage acting as a buffer for the
volume control, to present a constant
low output impedance to the power
amplifier modules.
Low-noise op amps
2006 issue. That was a misprint – the
correct figure is 110dB, so the Studio
Series Stereo Preamplifier is an excellent performer that’s quite up to the job
(especially considering its distortion
is typically less than .0005%).
Alternatively, many readers will
want to use only one signal source,
typically a CD or DVD player. In that
case, the Class-A Stereo Amplifier can
be used as a standalone unit but you
do need to add a volume control. If
your CD player is already fitted with
an output level control, you may be
tempted to dispense with a volume
control on the amplifier but that could
be a mistake.
Just imagine what a blast you will
siliconchip.com.au
get from the amplifier and loudspeakers if you turn on the CD player and
it has been inadvertently set to full
output level. The result would not
only be deafening but it could easily
blow your tweeters.
The simplest solution which we
would recommend is to feed the
signal in via a dual-gang 10kW log
pot and we’ll show you how to do
that next month, if you want to use
that option. This simple scheme does
have its problems though. First, the
input signal level may be insufficient
to drive the amplifiers to full power
output, even when using a CD player.
The amplifier modules have an input
sensitivity of 625mV for full power
but some recordings may give average
output signal levels well below this.
Second, using a simple volume
control varies the input impedance to
the power amplifiers, thereby slightly
degrading the signal-to-noise ratio.
Admittedly, we’re splitting hairs some
what here but this is after all a true
audiophile’s amplifier.
So how do you eliminate those
problems and achieve the level of
performance we want? The answer is
to incorporate a high-quality preamplifier module into the Class-A Stereo
Amplifier chassis. This will result in
an attractive self-contained package
that we think will appeal to many
people – particularly those who just
want to use a single CD/DVD player.
The preamplifier module described
here meets the above criteria. It’s a
minimalist design, which delivers
The original Studio Series Preamplifier was based the high-performance
OPA2134 op amps from Burr-Brown.
These are specified at an extremely
low 0.00008% harmonic distortion
at 1kHz and the harmonic distortion
(THD) for the completed preamplifier
was typically less than 0.0005%.
This time we’ve gone even one better
and specified the National Semiconductor LM4562 dual op amp. This new
device is specified at just 0.00003%
harmonic distortion at 1kHz, which is
even lower than for the OPA2134. In
fact, it is far below the measurement
capability of any commercially available equipment, including our own
Audio Precision test gear. Just how the
low distortion is verified is revealed
elsewhere in this issue.
As a result, the performance of the
module on its own is actually far better
than the completed stereo amplifier.
Just running with its own regulated
supplies (and not connected to the
amplifier), the preamplifier module
delivers harmonic that’s typically less
than 0.0005%, a measurement which
is more or less meaningless because
it is about the same as the Audio Precision equipment. Furthermore, its
signal-to-noise ratio with respect to a
1V input signal is around -125dB unweighted (22Hz to 22kHz bandwidth)
and separation between channels is
also around -125dB.
Ultimately, it is not possible to get
this fantastic performance from the
completed stereo amplifier. And why
not? The main reason is that residual
August 2007 15
Fig.1: each channel of the preamp is based on a low-distortion LM4562A dual op amp (left channel only shown).
IC1a has a gain of two while IC1b functions as a unity gain buffer to provide a constant low-impedance output.
noise and hum from the power supply
degrades the overall measured result,
even though the finished amplifier is
extremely quiet.
Would it be possible to get a better
measured distortion performance? The
answer is a qualified yes, provided
we had completely separate power
supplies for both channels. The same
comment applies to channel separation and residual noise. Such a solution would be a lot more expensive
and would probably involve two separate power amplifiers – the so-called
“mono block” solution.
By the way, there’s no source selection built into the preamplifier, as
we’re assuming that you will be us-
ing it with just a single source. If you
do want to switch between different
sources, then you will need to use an
external switch box (or an external
preamp as indicated above).
Remote volume control
OK, we just couldn’t help ourselves
– we just had to include remote volume
control as part of the preamp design.
After all, no sound system is complete
these days without remote volume
control and this one has all the “musthave” features.
The design is similar to an earlier unit which we published back in
June 2002 and subsequently used in
the Ultra-LD Stereo Amplifier. How-
Altronics Has The Complete Kit
A complete kit of parts for the 20W Class-A Stereo Amplifier is available
from Altronics, 174 Roe St, Perth, WA 6000, Australia. This kit comes with
all the necessary parts, including a pre-punched custom metal chassis and
front and rear panels with screened lettering. In addition, Altronics sells the
various modules separately, for those who don’t need the complete amplifier.
Browse to www.altronics.com.au for the details.
16 Silicon Chip
ever, by using the recently-released
PIC16F88-I/P chip, as opposed to the
PIC16F84 used in the earlier design,
we’ve been able to eliminate an LM393
comparator IC and the low-voltage
reset circuitry.
That aside, the features of this new
unit are identical. Again it uses a
motorised potentiometer. Press the
“Volume Up” and “Volume Down”
buttons on your remote and the pot
rotates clockwise and anticlockwise. It
takes about nine seconds for the pot to
travel from one end to the other using
these controls.
For finer adjustment, the “Channel
Up” and “Channel Down” buttons
can be used instead. These cause the
pot shaft to rotate only about 1° each
time one of these buttons is pressed.
Alternatively, holding one of these
buttons down rotates the pot from one
end to the other in about 28 seconds.
If any of the buttons is held down
when the pot reaches an end stop, a
friction clutch in the motor’s gearbox
slips so that no damage is done.
Automatic muting is another handy
feature. Press the “Mute” button” on
siliconchip.com.au
the remote and the pot automatically
rotates to its minimum position and
the motor stops. Hit the button again
and it returns to its original position.
Don’t want the pot to return all the
way to its original setting? Easy – just
hit one of the volume control buttons
when the volume reaches the desired
level.
A couple of LED indicators – “Ack”
and “Mute” – are used to indicate the
status of the Remote Volume Control.
The blue “Ack” (acknowledge) LED
flashes whenever an infrared signal is
being received from the remote, while
the orange “Mute” LED flashes while
the muting operation is in progress and
then remains on when the pot reaches
its minimum setting.
So how does the unit remember its
original setting during muting? Well,
the microcontroller actually measures
the time it takes the pot to reach its
minimum setting. Then, when the
Mute button is pressed again to restore the volume, power is applied to
the motor drive for the same amount
of time.
By the way, some readers may wonder why we did not incorporate the
Digital Remote Volume Control published earlier this year, in the January
& February 2007 issues. After all, it
works well and has the advantage of
an attractive blue LED digital display.
The simple answer is that its distortion performance is not good enough
to match that of the class-A amplifier.
Fig.2: the IR receiver module used in the Remote Volume Control circuit
contains a lot more than just a photo diode. This block diagram of the
internals reveals an amplifier plus discrimination and demodulation
circuits, all in the 3-pin package. After the 38kHz carrier is removed, the
data appears on the “OUT” pin (1) ready to be processed by the micro.
Preamplifier circuit details
OK, so much for the background
stuff. Let’s see how it all works, starting
with the audio preamplifier.
Fig.1 shows the circuit details, with
just the left channel preamp stages
shown for clarity, along with the power
supply. The right channel preamp
circuitry is identical to the left.
The audio signal from the source
is AC-coupled to the input of the first
op amp (IC1a) via a 4.7mF capacitor,
while a 22kW resistor to ground provides input termination. In addition,
the signal passes via a low-pass filter
formed by a 100W resistor, a ferrite
bead and a 560pF capacitor. This attenuates radio frequencies (RF) ahead
of the op amp input.
IC1a operates with a voltage gain of 2
(+6dB) by virtue of the two 4.7kW feedback resistors. The 4.7kW resistor and
220pF capacitor combination roll off
the top end frequency response, with a
siliconchip.com.au
Fig.3: this graph shows the frequency response of the whole amplifier (including
the preamplifier), taken at a power level of 1W into 8-ohms. It’s almost ruler flat
from 10Hz to 20kHz and then rolls off gently to be -3dB down at about 100kHz.
-3dB point at about 150kHz. This gives
a flat response over the audio spectrum
while eliminating the possibility of
high-frequency instability.
Note, however, that the -3dB highfrequency point for the entire amplifier
is about 100kHz – see Fig.3.
The output from IC1a (pin 1) drives
one end of potentiometer VR1a (20kW)
via a 22mF non-polarised coupling
capacitor. The pot acts as a simple
voltage divider and the signal on its
wiper is fed to the input (pin 5) of op
amp IC1b.
The wiper of the pot is also
AC-coupled, this time using a 1mF
non-polarised capacitor. This is done
to prevent any DC voltage appearing
across the pot, which if present would
cause an irritating sound during wiper
movement.
IC1b is used as a unity-gain buffer.
This stage allows the preamp to provide a low-impedance output regardless of volume control setting. A 22mF
non-polarised capacitor couples the
audio signal to the output via a 100W
resistor, which is included to ensure
stability when driving the cable and
amplifier input capacitance. This reAugust 2007 17
Fig.4: the Remote Volume Control section is based on a PIC16F88-I/P microcontroller (IC3). This processes the signal
from infrared detector IRD1 and controls the pot motor via H-bridge transistors Q1-Q4.
sistor, together with the ferrite bead
in series with the output, also helps
to attenuate RF noise that might
otherwise find its way back into the
preamp circuit.
Power supply
Power for the circuit is derived directly from the ±22V terminals on the
power supply board (described in June
2007). Diodes D1 & D2 provide reverse
polarity protection, after which each
rail is further filtered using a 220mF
electrolytic capacitor. Two 3-terminal
regulators – REG1 and REG2 – then
provide ±15V supply rails to power
the op amps.
In addition, +22V and 0V outputs
are provided from the power supply (via a separate terminal block).
These outputs are used to power
the Loudspeaker Protector & Muting
Module when the amplifier is finally
assembled.
Remote volume control circuit
Now let’s take a look at the circuit
for the Remote Volume Control – see
18 Silicon Chip
Fig.4. The three critical components
are the PIC16F88-I/P microcontroller
(IC3), the motorised potentiometer and
an infrared receiver/detector module
(IRD1).
In operation, the microcontroller
monitors the demodulated infrared
signal from IRD1. It then decodes
this signal and drives the pot motor
according to the RC5 code (see panel)
sent by the handheld remote.
IRD1 only has three leads but it is
not a simple device; in reality, it is a
complete infrared detector and processor – see Fig.2. First, it picks up the
38kHz infrared pulse signal from the
remote and amplifies this to a constant
level. This is then fed to a 38kHz
bandpass filter and then demodulated
to produce a serial data burst at IRD1’s
pin 1 output.
From there, the demodulated signal
from IRD1 is fed into IC3’s RB0 input
(pin 6). Operating under program
control, the microcontroller then reconstitutes the demodulated data into
byte-wide format using the Philips
RC5 protocol specification.
Basically, the Remote Volume Control can be operated on one of three
modes within the RC5 Code. These are
TV1, SAT1 and SAT2 and the desired
code is selected using jumper links
LK1 & LK2 at the RB7 & RB6 inputs
of IC3.
Normally, both these inputs are
pulled high via internal resistors in
IC3 but they can be pulled low using
links LK1 & LK2. In operation, IC3
monitors these inputs and compares
the selected code with the incoming
serial data from IRD1. If the detected
code is correct, the motorised potentiometer will be driven according to
the pushbutton command sent by the
remote control.
Motor drive
The motorised potentiometer is
driven by four transistors (Q1-Q4)
arranged in a H-bridge configuration.
These in turn are driven via the RB2RB5 outputs of IC3 via 1kW resistors.
The motor is off when the RB2-RB5
outputs are all set high. RB4 & RB5
turn PNP transistors Q1 & Q3 off,
siliconchip.com.au
while RB2 & RB3 turn NPN transistors
Q2 & Q4 on. As a result, both terminals
of the motor are pulled low and so the
motor is off. Note that the emitters of
Q2 & Q4 both connect to ground via
a common 10W resistor (more on this
shortly).
The transistors operate in pairs so
that the motor can be driven in either
direction (to increase or decrease the
volume). To drive the potentiometer
clockwise, port RB3 goes low and turns
off transistor Q2, while RB4 goes low
and turns on Q1. This means that the
lefthand terminal of the motor is taken
to +5V via Q1, while the righthand
terminal of the motor is held low via
Q4. As a result, current flows through
Q1, through the motor and then via Q4
and the 10W resistor to ground.
Conversely, to spin the motor in the
other direction, Q1 & Q4 are switched
off and Q2 & Q3 are switched on. As
a result, the righthand motor terminal
is pulled to +5V via Q3, while the
lefthand terminal is pulled low via Q2.
The voltage across the motor depends on the voltage across the common 10W emitter resistor and that in
turn depends on the current. Typically,
the motor draws about 40mA when
driving the potentiometer but this
rises to over 50mA when the clutch is
slipping. As a result, the motor voltage
is around 4.5-4.6V due to the 0.4-0.5V
drop across the 10W resistor (the rated
motor voltage is 4.5V).
Current sensing & muting
Once the pot’s wiper reaches its
fully clockwise or anti-clockwise
position, a friction-type clutch in the
gearbox begins to slip. This prevents
the motor from stalling, while also
allowing the user to manually rotate
the pot shaft if necessary.
The muting function depends on
the microcontroller’s ability to detect
when the wiper is “on the stops”. It
does this by indirectly detecting the
increase in the motor current.
In operation, VR2 samples the voltage across the 10W resistor when the
motor is running. The resulting signal
at its wiper is then filtered using an
18kW resistor and a 100nF capacitor
(to remove the commutator hash from
the motor) and applied to IC3’s analog
AN2 input (pin 1).
This analog input is measured (by
IC3) to a resolution of 10-bits, or about
5mV. Provided this input is below
200mV, the PIC microcontroller allows
siliconchip.com.au
Parts List
1 PC board, code 01208071, 201
x 63mm
1 Alpha dual-ganged 20kW log
motorised pot (VR1) (Altronics
Cat. R2000)
1 1kW (code 102) horizontal trimpot (VR2)
1 DIP 18-pin IC socket
2 DIP 8-pin IC sockets
5 2-way PC-mount screw terminal blocks, 5.08mm spacing
(Altronics Cat. P2034A – do
not substitute)
1 3-way PC-mount screw terminal block, 5.08mm spacing
(Altronics Cat. P2035A – do
not substitute)
1 4MHz crystal (X1)
4 ferrite beads (Altronics Cat.
L5250A)
1 3-way SIL pin header, 2.54mm
spacing
1 2-way SIL pin header, 2.54mm
spacing
1 2-way DIL pin header, 2.54mm
spacing
2 jumper links to suit headers
1 6.35mm panel-mount singleended spade connector
1 6.35mm spade connector
4 M3 x 25mm tapped standoffs
4 M3 x 6mm screws
1 M4 x 10mm screw
1 M4 nut
1 M4 flat washer
1 M4 star washer
1 250mm length of 0.8mm tinned
copper wire
1 150mm length of red hookup
wire
the motor to run. However, as soon as
voltage rises above this 200mV limit,
the motor is stopped.
When the motor is running normally, the current through it is about
40mA which produces 0.4V across the
10W resistor. VR2 is used to attenuate
this voltage and is adjusted so that the
voltage at AN2 is slightly below the
200mV limit.
When the motor reaches the end
of its travel, the extra load imposed
by the slipping clutch increases the
current and the voltage applied to the
AN2 input rises above 200mV. This is
detected by IC3 during muting and the
microcontroller then switches the H-
1 150mm length of black hookup
wire
2 100mm cable ties
Semiconductors
2 LM4562 op amps (IC1, IC2)
1 PIC16F88-I/P programmed
with “Low Noise Preamp Volume.hex” (lC3)
1 infrared decoder (IRD1)
1 7815 15V regulator (REG1)
1 7915 -15V regulator (REG2)
1 7805 5V regulator (REG3)
2 BC327 PNP transistors (Q1,Q3)
2 BC337 NPN transistors (Q2,Q4)
1 3mm red LED (LED1)
1 3mm blue LED (LED2)
1 3mm orange LED (LED3)
Capacitors
2 220mF 25V PC electrolytic
1 100mF 25V PC electrolytic
4 100mF 16V PC electrolytic
4 22mF NP electrolytic
1 10mF 16V PC electrolytic
2 4.7mF NP electrolytic
2 1mF NP electrolytic or MKT
polyester
5 100nF MKT polyester
1 10nF MKT polyester
2 560pF ceramic
2 270pF ceramic
2 22pF ceramic
Resistors (0.25W, 1%)
4 100kW
7 1kW
2 22kW
6 100W
1 18kW
1 22W
1 10kW
1 10W
4 4.7kW
bridge transistors (Q1-Q4) accordingly
to immediately stop the motor.
Note that AN2 is monitored only
during the Muting operation. At other
times, when the volume is being set by
the Up or Down buttons on the remote,
the voltage at AN2 is not monitored.
As a result, the clutch in the motor’s
gearbox assembly simply slips when
the potentiometer reaches its clockwise or anticlockwise limits.
Pressing the Mute button on the
remote again after muting returns the
volume control to its original setting.
This is the “Mute Return” feature referred to earlier.
Note also that connecting IC3’s RA4
August 2007 19
Fig.5: follow this parts layout diagram to build the Preamplifier & Remote Volume Control board. Be
sure to use the correct part at each location and take care with components that are polarised. The
leads to the motor are strapped to the underside of the board using cable ties.
input to ground via LK4 disables this
feature. Conversely, to enable Mute
Return, LK3 is used to pull RA4 to
+5V.
Indicator LEDs
LEDs 1-3 indicate the status of the
20 Silicon Chip
circuit. The red Power LED (LED1)
lights whenever power is applied to
the circuit and provides power on/off
indication for the entire amplifier.
The other two LEDs – Ack (acknowledge) and Mute – light when their
respective RB1 and RA1 outputs are
Fig.6: bend the leads for IRD1
and the three LEDs as shown here
before installing them on the PC
board. The centre line of each lens
must be 4mm above the board
surface.
pulled high (ie, to +5V). As indicated
previously, the Ack LED flashes when
ever the RB0 input receives an infrared
signal from the remote, while the Mute
LED flashes during the Mute operation
and then stays lit while the volume
remains muted.
Crystal oscillator
Pins 15 and 16 of IC3 are the oscillator inputs for 4MHz crystal X1,
which is used to provide the clock
signal. This oscillator runs when the
circuit is first powered up for about
1.5 seconds. It also runs whenever an
infrared signal is received at RB0 and
then for a further 1.5 seconds after the
last receipt of signal, after which the
oscillator shuts down.
Note, however, that this shut down
does not occur if a Muting operation
is still in process.
siliconchip.com.au
Make sure that the motorised pot is correctly
seated against the PC board before soldering its
terminals, otherwise its shaft won’t line up with
the front panel clearance hole later on.
This selects the TV1 infrared remote
control code and this will be suitable
for most applications.
However, this code may also operate
your TV and so we have provided options to select another code to prevent
this from happening. The table in Fig.4
shows the linking options used to select either the SAT1 or SAT2 code. For
example, installing LK2 (and leaving
LK1 out) sets the code to SAT2.
Power for the circuit is derived
from the amplifier’s 22V DC
supply and is fed in via a 22W
resistor and a 100mF decoupling capacitor. The resulting rail
is then applied to regulator REG3
which produces a +5V supply rail
to power IC3, IRD1 and the H-bridge
driver stage for the motor. A 10mF capacitor decouples the output of REG3,
while the 100mF capacitor across IRD1
prevents this device from false triggering due to “hash” on the 5V rail.
Construction
Shutting down the oscillator in the
absence of an infrared signal from
the remote ensures that no noise is
radiated into sensitive audio circuitry
when the volume control is not being
altered.
Waking up again
As just stated, when there is no IR
signal from the remote, the circuit
goes to “sleep” (ie, the oscillator shuts
down) and so no noise is produced.
However, as soon as it receives an
IR signal, the circuit “wakes up” and
drives the potentiometer. It then shuts
down after about 1.5 seconds if it does
not receive any further IR signals.
In addition, the motor is enclosed
by a Mumetal shield which reduces
any radiated electrical hash from the
commutator brushes. A 10nF capacitor
connected directly across the motor
terminals also prevents commutator
hash from being transmitted along the
connection leads, while further filtering is provided by a 100nF capacitor
located at the motor output terminals
on the PC board.
Coding options
Links LK1 & LK2 at RB7 and RB6 are
used to program the different infrared
coding options. The default selection
is when both RB6 and RB7 are pulled
high via their internal pull-up resistors – ie, when LK1 and LK2 are out.
All the parts for the Preamp &
Remote Volume Control Unit are
installed on a single PC board coded
01208071 and measuring 201 x 63mm.
The external connections to the power
supply and to the audio input and
output cables are run via insulated
screw terminal blocks.
Fig.5 shows the assembly details. As
usual, begin by checking the board for
defects and for the correct hole sizes.
In particular, check that the motorised
pot and the screw terminal blocks fit
correctly and that the mounting holes
are correct.
That done, start the assembly by
installing the six wire links. You can
straighten the link wire by securing
one end in a vyce and then pulling
on the other end using a pair of pliers,
to stretch it slightly. The resistors can
Table 1: Resistor Colour Codes
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
siliconchip.com.au
No.
4
2
1
1
4
7
6
1
1
Value
100kW
22kW
18kW
10kW
4.7kW
1kW
100W
22W
10W
4-Band Code (1%)
brown black yellow brown
red red orange brown
brown grey orange brown
brown black orange brown
yellow violet red brown
brown black red brown
brown black brown brown
red red black brown
brown black black brown
5-Band Code (1%)
brown black black orange brown
red red black red brown
brown grey black red brown
brown black black red brown
yellow violet black brown brown
brown black black brown brown
brown black black black brown
red red black gold brown
brown black black gold brown
August 2007 21
Avoiding An Earth Loop With IRD1
If the supplied infrared receiver (IRD1)
includes an external metal shield (see
photo), then steps must be taken to
insulate it from the chassis when the
preamplifier is installed. That’s because
the shield is connected to the centre
(GND) terminal of the device and a
short between the shield and the metal
chassis would create an earth loop. And
that in turn would inject hum into the
audio signal.
One method is to attach a short strip
of insulation tape to the inside of the
front panel, with a hole cut out to match
the hole in the panel. Alternatively, it
should be possible to insulate the front
of the device and arrange it so that it just
stands clear of the front panel.
then go in. Table 1 shows the resistor
colour codes but you should also check
them using a digital multimeter, as the
colours can sometimes be difficult to
decipher.
Next on the list are the four ferrite
beads. These each have a wire link run
through them, which is then soldered
to the board. Follow these with the two
diodes (D1 & D2), then install sockets
for the three ICs. Make sure that each
socket is oriented correctly (IC3 faces
in the opposite direction to ICs 1 & 2)
and that it’s seated properly against
the PC board.
In fact, it’s best to solder two diagonally opposite pins of a socket first
and then check it before soldering the
remaining pins.
The MKT and ceramic capacitors
can now go in, followed by the nonpolarised capacitors and the polarised
electrolytics. Make sure that the latter
are all correctly oriented and note that
the 100mF capacitor to the left of LED3
must be rated at 25V (the other 100mF
capacitors can all be rated at 16V).
Now install the transistors and 3-terminal regulators. Transistors Q1-Q4 all
go in the remote volume control section and must be oriented as shown.
Be sure to use the correct type at each
location. Q1 & Q3 and both BC327s,
while Q2 & Q4 are BC337s. Don’t get
them mixed up.
The same goes for the three regulators. REG1 is a 7815, REG2 a 7915 and
REG3 a 7805 – again, don’t mix them
up. These parts should all be inserted
22 Silicon Chip
If your infrared receiver module has a
metal shield like this one, then be sure
to insulate it from the front panel as
described in the accompanying text.
Do not rely on the powder coating on
the chassis to provide insulation! That’s
asking for trouble.
as far down as they will go, with their
metal tabs facing towards the back of
the board. No heatsinking is required
for their metal tabs, since current requirements are only modest.
The 2-way DIL (dual-in-line) pin
header for LK1 & LK2 can now be installed, followed by the 3-way header
for LK3 & LK4. A 2-way pin header is
also used to terminate the motor leads
(just to the right of Q1 & Q3). To install
this header, first push its pins down so
that their ends are flush with the top
of the plastic, then install the header
from the component side and solder
the pins underneath.
This will give about 7mm pin
lengths to terminate the leads from
the motor, which are run underneath
the PC board.
Crystal X1 (adjacent to IC3) can be
installed either way around. Make sure
it’s seated correctly before soldering its
leads, then install trimpot VR2 and the
six screw terminal blocks. Be sure to
use the screw terminal blocks specified in the parts list – they give more
reliable connections when terminating
thin audio cable leads than the type
used on our prototype.
Mounting the motorised pot
It’s absolutely critical to seat the
motorised pot (VR1) correctly against
the PC board before soldering its leads,
If this is not done, it won’t line up
correctly with its clearance hole in the
amplifier’s front panel later on.
In particular, note that the two lugs
at the rear of the gearbox cover go
through slotted holes in the PC board.
Use a small jeweller’s file to enlarge
these if necessary.
Once the pot fits correctly, solder
two diagonally opposite pot terminals
and check that everything is correct
before soldering the rest. The two gearbox cover lugs can then be soldered.
Once the pot is in place, the motor
terminals can be connected to the two
pin header at the other end of the board
using light-duty hook-up cable. These
leads are twisted together to keep them
tidy and pass through a hole in the
board immediately behind the motor.
As shown, they are then secured to the
underside of the PC board using cable
ties and connected to the header pins
(watch the polarity).
Don’t forget to solder the 10nF
capacitor directly across the motor
terminals. As previously stated, it’s
there to suppress motor hash.
Mounting the LEDs
Fig.6 shows the mounting details
for the infrared receiver (IRD1) and
the three LEDs. As shown the centre
line of each lens must be 4mm above
the board surface.
So how do you mount the LEDs
accurately? Easy – just cut 11mmwide and 4mm-wide templates from
thick cardboard. The 11mm template
serves as a lead bending guide, while
the 4mm template is used as a spacer
when mounting the LEDs – just push
each LED down onto the spacer and
solder its leads.
Hint: you can use sticky tape as a
“third hand” to hold each LED and the
template in place during soldering.
IRD1’s leads should also be bent as
shown in Fig.6 and the photos. This
will allow a small amount of “give” in
the leads when the lens later contacts
the back of the front panel (ie, it will
allow IRD1 to “spring” back slightly
and keep the lens against the panel).
Finally, complete the board assembly by installing the quick connector.
As with previous boards, it’s held in
place using an M4 screw, a flat washer,
a shakeproof washer and a nut (see
Fig.3 last month).
Initial checks
Before plugging in any of the ICs,
it’s a good idea to check the supply
voltages. However, if you don’t have
the power supply running yet (or a
suitable bench power supply), this
siliconchip.com.au
can wait until the final assembly in
the chassis.
Assuming you do have a power
supply, connect the +22V, -22V & 0V
leads to CON6 and switch on. Now
check the voltages on pins 8 & 4 of the
two 8-pin IC sockets (ie, between each
of these pins and 0V). You should get
readings of +15V (pin 8) and -15V (pin
5) respectively.
Similarly, check the voltage on pin
14 of IC3’s socket – you should get a
reading between 4.8V and 5.2V.
If these voltages are correct, switch
off and plug the ICs into their sockets,
taking care not to zap them with static
electricity. Note that IC1 & IC2 face one
way while IC3 faces the other way.
Remote volume control testing
If you don’t have a dual power supply, then you can check out the remote
volume control section only using a
single rail 9-15V supply (connect this
between the +22V and 0V terminals on
CON6). As before, check the voltage
on pin 14 of IC3’s socket (it must be
between 4.8V and 5.2V), then switch
off and plug IC3 into its socket.
In addition, insert the jumper link
for LK3, to enable the Mute return
feature but leave LK1 & LK2 out for
the time being (to accept the TV code
from the remote).
Further testing requires a universal
remote control. These range from single TV remote controls with limited
functions to elaborate models capable
of operating many different types of
equipment.
Note, however, that simple TV
remote controls will only operate
this project using the TV code (026).
That can cause problems if you have
a Philips TV set located in the same
vicinity as the amplifier, as the remote
control will probably operate the TV
as well. This is easy to solve – just use
a multi-item remote control so that a
different code can be used (either 424
for SAT1 or 425 for SAT2)
An example of a TV-only remote
control is the Jaycar AR-1703. Multiitem remote controls include the
Altronics A-1009 and the Jaycar AR1714.
Programming the remote
The best approach here is to initially program the remote control for
a Philips brand TV (just follow the
instructions supplied with the unit).
In most cases, programming involves
siliconchip.com.au
Universal Infrared Remote Controls
The Remote Volume Control circuit is designed to work with most universal (“onefor-all”) infrared remotes. It recognises the RC5 protocol that was originally developed
by Philips, so the remote must be programmed for a Philips (or compatible) appliance
before use.
Most universal remotes are provided with a long list of supported appliances and
matching codes. To set the remote to work with a particular piece of gear, it’s usually
just a matter of entering the code listed for the manufacturer (in this case, Philips),
as detailed in the instructions.
You’ll also note that different codes are provided for TV, CD, SAT, and so on. This
allows two or more appliances from the same manufacturer to be operated in the same
room and even from the same handpiece.
This multiple addressing capability can be useful in our application, too. Normally,
we’d program the remote to control a TV, as this works with the control module. But
what if you already have a Philips TV (or some other model that uses the RC5 protocol)? Well, in that case, you simply use the SAT1 or SAT2 code instead, as the Remote
Volume Control can also handle these!
Typically, to set a remote to control a Philips TV, you first press and hold “SET” and
then press “TV”. This puts the remote in programming mode, as indicated by a LED,
which should remain illuminated.
You then release both keys and punch in one of the listed Philips TV codes. For this
project, code 026 works well. The red LED should then go out, after which the remote
is ready for use. All universal remotes can be programmed in a similar manner but
if in doubt, try reading the instructions! If the first code listed doesn’t work with the
Remote Volume Control, then try another.
Once the remote has been programmed, the Remote Volume Control
must be set up to recognise the particular equipment address that
you’ve chosen (either TV, SAT1 or SAT2). The details on how to
do this are in the main text.
Although this project should work with any universal
remote, we’ve tested the following popular models: AIFA
Y2E (Altronics A-1013), AIFA RA7 (Altronics A-1009)
and Jaycar AR-1703. For all these models, the setup codes are as follows: TV = 026, SAT1 = 424
and SAT2 = 425.
Note, however, that the AIFA Y2E doesn’t
have a mute button.
simultaneously pressing the “Set” button and the button for the item that is to
be operated. In other words, press the
“Set” and “TV” buttons together and
enter a number for a Philips TV set.
In this case, the Altronics A-1009
uses the number 026 or 191 and the
Jaycar AR-1703 uses 11414. If you are
using a different remote control, just
select a number for a Philips TV set.
If you later find that this doesn’t work,
try another number for a Philips TV.
Having programmed the remote,
rotate trimpot VR2 fully anticlockwise.
That done, check that the motor turns
the potentiometer clockwise when the
remote’s Volume Up and Channel Up
buttons are pressed.
It should travel fairly quickly when
Volume Up is pressed and at a slower
rate when Channel Up is used.
Now check that the volume potentiometer runs anticlockwise using the
Volume Down and Channel down buttons. If it turns in the wrong direction,
simply reverse the leads to the motor.
Check that the blue Acknowledge LED
flashes each time you press a button
on the remote.
Next, set the pot to mid-position
and hit the Mute button. The pot will
rotate anti-clockwise and as soon as it
hits the stops, the clutch will start to
slip. While this is happening, slowly
adjust VR2 clockwise until the motor
stops.
Now press Volume Up to turn the
potentiometer clockwise for a few
seconds and press Mute again. This
time, the motor should stop as soon as
August 2007 23
This view shows the Preamplifier & Remote Volume Control module mounted inside the completed Class-A Stereo
Amplifier. The final assembly, wiring and adjustment details will be published next month.
the pot reaches its minimum position.
Note that a programmed timeout of
13-seconds will also stop the motor (if
it hasn’t already stopped) after Mute
is activated. This means that you have
to adjust VR2 within this 13s period,
otherwise the timeout will stop the
motor.
If it stops prematurely or fails to stop
at all (ie, the motor runs for the full 13
seconds), try redoing the adjustment.
Once the adjustment is correct, pressing the Mute button a second time
should accurately return the potentiometer to its original position.
As mentioned earlier, links LK1 &
LK2 change the codes for the infrared
transmission – see the table in Fig.4.
24 Silicon Chip
You will only need to install one of
these links (to select SAT1 or SAT2)
if you have a Philips TV. Remove link
LK3 and install link LK4 if the Mute
return feature is not required.
Note that with a new motorised
potentiometer, the clutch will require
a little “wearing in” to evenly spread
the lubricant in the slipping sections.
This can be done simply by turning the
pot shaft by hand a few times before
use. Readjust VR2 for best results after
you do this.
Avoiding a hum loop
Finally, note that the power supply
earth (0V) is not connected to the left
and right channel earth tracks on the
preamplifier PC board. This avoids
a hum loop, since the two channels
are normally earthed back through
the power amplifiers via their signal
leads.
However, if you want to use the
preamp on its own, both the left and
right channel signal earths on the
board must be connected to the 0V
rail for the power supply. This can
be done by connecting insulated wire
links between the relevant screw terminal blocks.
That’s all for this month. In Pt.5,
we’ll show you how to assemble all the
modules into a custom metal chassis
to produce a complete high-quality
class-A stereo audio amplifier.
SC
siliconchip.com.au
ezi-TRAK GPS/GSM-based
Vehicle Tracking System
The press release looked intriguing, telling of an
Aussie tracking device helping to foil a car-jacking in
Nigeria (see report at right). But (being the inquisitive
creatures we are) we wanted to know the story
behind the story. Just what is this “EziTRAK” and
what makes it so special? Ross Tester explains.
We contacted the manufacturers of
the EziTRAK system and they were most
helpful in answering our questions.
In a nutshell, the EziTRAK is one of
a family of similar products. This one’s
fundamental purpose is to protect your
car from either theft or hijacking (there
are also models for boats and bikes).
It can be used to remotely disable
the vehicle and/or let you know where
the vehicle is at any instant.
While there have been vehicle protection systems on the market for some
time which do this, the EziTRAK goes
about it a completely different way.
Instead of using wireless (or satellite) to go through a security monitoring base station (and that’s not cheap!)
EziTRAK uses the standard GSM (cellular) phone network to keep you in
touch with your vehicle and gives you
direct control via your phone.
It does this by using a dedicated
phone SIM card to become what is effectively a mobile phone – but a mobile
phone with just one purpose: vehicle
security. Naturally, you must keep the
SIM card in credit or the EziTRAK will
not be able to dial out nor will you be
able to contact it.
In the event of a pre-determined
“event”, the EziTRAK will dial your
mobile phone number and let you
know what the event is and where the
vehicle is at that time. You have the
choice of disabling the vehicle, locking
the vehicle, etc.
It continually monitors the following functions:
• Intruder detection
• Panic button pressing
• Ignition detection
• Low (or disconnected) battery
• Tow-away (vibration or GPS)
• Over-speed detection
Any of these will trigger the unit
into calling you and tell you not only
what the “problem” is but also tell you
where the vehicle is headed, its speed
and so on.
At any time, you can also “call” the
EziTRAK and poll any of this information from the unit’s “black box” vehicle
data recorder.
And if you have appropriate GPS
map software in your PC, you can even
have a real-time display of where the
vehicle is and where it is going!
Hmm. Want to know where the sales
rep is spending his time each day?
PRESS RELEASE
AUSSIE MADE EziTRAK
HELPS
FOIL NIGERIAN CAR TH
IEVES
Australian made and des
igned vehicle
security and tracking system
EziTRAK
has been used in Nigeria
to recover
a stolen car after the driver
was shot
during a carjacking.
Earlier this month, a Toyota
Camry
was carjacked just before
midnight
in one of Nigeria’s largest
cities. The
driver of the vehicle was
shot in the
process, and the thieves esc
aped in
the stolen vehicle.
The vehicle was fitted wit
h EziTRAK.
Within minutes, the vehicle
was
tracked and immobilised
some 13 km
from where it was stolen.
Using GPS
coordinates from the EziTR
AK unit,
police were able to locate
and recover
the stolen vehicle.
The driver has been discha
rged from
hospital and is recovering
well.
But wait, there’s more!
The EziTRAK can also work with
your central locking system to give
you “lost/locked-in key” unlocking.
The EziTRAK Micro is designed and
manufactured in Australia by Rojone
Pty Ltd (www.ezitrak.com.au) and sells
for $985, not including installation.
With many of today’s luxury cars
approaching and into the six figure
bracket, that seems to us to be cheap
insurance. And speaking of insurance,
with a system like this installed you’re
quite likely to qualify for a premium
discount.
SC
Inside the
eziTRAK:
centre top of
the left photo
is the SIM
card holder.
At left is the
complete
eziTRAK
Micro Vehicle
Tracking
System.
siliconchip.com.au
August 2007 25
SILICON
CHIP
If you are seeing a blank page here, it is
more than likely that it contained advertising
which is now out of date and the advertiser
has requested that the page be removed to
prevent misunderstandings.
Please feel free to visit the advertiser’s website:
dicksmith.com.au
SILICON
CHIP
If you are seeing a blank page here, it is
more than likely that it contained advertising
which is now out of date and the advertiser
has requested that the page be removed to
prevent misunderstandings.
Please feel free to visit the advertiser’s website:
dicksmith.com.au
SILICON
CHIP
If you are seeing a blank page here, it is
more than likely that it contained advertising
which is now out of date and the advertiser
has requested that the page be removed to
prevent misunderstandings.
Please feel free to visit the advertiser’s website:
dicksmith.com.au
SILICON
CHIP
If you are seeing a blank page here, it is
more than likely that it contained advertising
which is now out of date and the advertiser
has requested that the page be removed to
prevent misunderstandings.
Please feel free to visit the advertiser’s website:
dicksmith.com.au
CIRCUIT NOTEBOOK
Interesting circuit ideas which we have checked but not built and tested. Contributions from
readers are welcome and will be paid for at standard rates.
Traffic indicator
works from 12V or 24V
This circuit is a lot more complicated than the conventional thermomechanical switch unit used in cars
but has been included to show the
amount of logic required to provide
the same function.
Three optical interrupters are operated by a slotted disc attached to
the steering wheel. When blocked,
their collectors are held high by
the 10kW resistors and because
the outputs of IC5a & IC5d are normally high, the inputs to the gates of
IC6a, IC6b, IC6c & IC6d are high,
so that their outputs are low. The
outputs of IC4b & IC4c are also low;
hence the output of IC3c is low.
This makes all the inputs to IC1d
& IC1b low so that their outputs are
high. Because one input of IC1a &
IC1c is now high, then their outputs
are low. With both inputs of IC3c
low then its output is low. The same
situation applies to IC3a and the
indicators (relays) are off.
When the indicator switch is operated, one input to IC5d (or IC5a)
goes high so that its output goes low.
This means that one input to both
IC6c & IC6d (or IC6a & IC6b) goes
low, sending their outputs high and
therefore one input of both IC2a &
IC2c high, making their outputs low.
With both inputs of IC3a now low,
its output is also low, effectively
turning off the indicator lights for
the other direction if they happen
to be on.
Cancel pushbutton
The cancel pushbutton (switch
S1) works the same way, in that it
pulls the other input of IC5d (IC5a)
high. The operation of the indicator
switch also sends one input of IC3c
(or IC3a) high so that its output goes
high. In turn, one input of both IC1b
& IC1d goes high, so that both their
outputs go low.
This puts all the inputs of both
30 Silicon Chip
IC1a & IC1c low, making their outputs high. This makes the inputs
of IC3c high and so its output goes
high, turning on the indicator lights
via transistor Q2 and RLY2. Pin 5
of IC1b also goes high, keeping its
output low. Also the input to IC4c
goes high, making its output high
to keep one input of IC1d high and
its output low. So both IC1b & IC1d
stay in this state when the indicator
switch is released (open) so that the
indicator lights stay on.
There are latches to make the
optical interrupters directional. If
the steering wheel operates Opto1
first, then IC6a’s output goes high
(one input low) making one input
of IC1c high and it’s output low but
the lights stay on via IC1a, IC3d &
IC1b.
When the steering wheel operates Opto2, the output of IC6b goes
high, making the input of IC1a high
and its output low. Now with both
inputs of IC3c low then its output
goes low and turns the lights off. If
Opto2 is operated first, as when the
wheel is turned in the direction you
are indicating to turn, then IC6b’s
output goes high, sending one input
of IC1a high so that its output goes
low, but this does not affect IC3c.
As its other input is high, then its
output stays on.
By the time the wheel operates
Opto1, Opto2 will have been block
ed again so that IC1a returns to the
same state as before, keeping the
indicators going. However the output of IC1c will be made low by the
output of IC6a going high. In turn,
the output of IC4c goes low, in turn
making one input of IC1d turn low,
sending its output high so that the
output of IC1c stays low even after
Opto1 is blocked again.
IC4d allows for any number of
steering wheel turns. In this case,
when the wheel goes all the way
around, then Opto3 is operated,
to make one input of IC4b high.
This together with the other input
Ron Gr
being made high
is this m oves
by IC3c means
onth’s
winne
that its output is
Peak At r of a
las
made high. This
Instrum Test
ent
makes one input
of IC3d high, doing the
same job as the indicator switch and so resetting the
latch that uses IC1c. The other direction works in exactly the same
way.
Only one optical interrupter can
be unblocked at a time. The centre
interruptor (Opto2) must be unblocked when the steering wheel
is in the straight ahead, while the
other optos are placed equally on
either side. They need to be placed
so that they provide cancellation
when the steering wheel is turned
back by a reasonable amount; eg,
after exiting a corner.
Indicator switch
The indicator switch (S2) consists of a piece of thin tube pivoted
at one end with a couple of compression springs to keep it central
and with a microswitch placed on
either side so that one is closed
when the lever is pushed up and
the other when the lever is pushed
down. A rod inserted into the tube,
with a knob on it, operates a third
microswitch when it is pushed in,
to act as the cancel button (S1).
While the relays select the left
or right-hand indicator lights, the
flashing function is performed a
multivibrator based on transistors
Q3 & Q4. Q4 is connected in Darlington fashion to Q5 and power
transistor Q6 which then drives the
indicator lamps. Diodes D3 and D4
feed the same 24V through to the
piezo buzzer (which has an inbuilt
oscillator) via the 680W current
limiting resistor.
The circuit may be run from 12V
by omitting the 7812 regulator and
changing the relays to 12V types.
Ron Groves,
Cooloola Cove, Qld.
siliconchip.com.au
siliconchip.com.au
August 2007 31
Fig.1: quite a lot of logic circuitry is required to duplicate the functions of a conventional thermo-mechanical traffic indicator.
Circuit Notebook – Continued
Software Listing
;Air flow movement detector
;Designed for a PICAXE-08M
Air flow detector uses
hot lamp filament
This circuit can detect very gentle
air movement or may be desensitised to cope with stronger air flow.
The sensor is a torch lamp which
has had the glass envelope broken
off. The exposed filament acts as a
heated resistor which is cooled by
the moving air.
Any cooling of the filament is
manifested as a significant change
in resistance which is detected by
the PICAXE as a change in voltage
across the lamp. Depending on the
setting of potentiometer VR1, the
PICAXE then sets its P4 output (pin
3) high to turn on LED1.
The sensed voltage is fed to a high
resolution ADC (P1, pin 6) in the
PICAXE. The software starts with a
brief pause to let the filament temperature stabilise, then goes into a
loop to detect a certain threshold.
Calibration is either done using
the preset pot or preferably, using the
software. The pot should be set for
maximum resistance before applying power (so you don’t burn out the
filament). Power up the circuit and
the LED should light, then reduce
VR1’s resistance slowly until the
LED turns off. At this point, blowing
gently over the filament should turn
the LED back on.
Alternatively, set the pot to
maximum resistance and turn the
circuit on. Adjust the pot so that the
filament is glowing orange and then
32 Silicon Chip
back it off slightly so the glow just
disappears; be careful, the filament
will still be very hot. Then using
debug, look at the value in Word 0
and set the trip point to a suitable
setting in the calibration line of the
software. The benefit of this method
is that you are setting the lamp to a
known, high temperature, at which
cooling is almost certain to occur,
even if the air flow is quite hot.
This circuit is unsuitable for battery-operation as the current can be
expected to be around 150-200mA or
more, depending on the torch bulb
used and the setting of VR1. The 5V
supply can come from a computer.
The typical setting of VR1 will be
around 5W and it will dissipate in
excess of 200mW from the section
of resistance element actually in
use. This means that you will need a
wirewound potentiometer and these
can be difficult to obtain. Two possibilities are a 5W 15W wirewound pot
from Jaycar (Cat. RP-3975) or a 10W
3W pot from Dick Smith Electronics
(Cat. R-6903). The torch bulb was
from Dick Smith Electronics (Cat.
P-8185 or P-8150). Other bulbs with
similar ratings are also suitable.
As shown, this circuit is very
simple and merely turns on a LED.
With the addition of a Darlington
transistor and a relay, it could drive
other devices. If the PICAXE 18X
was substituted, the concept could
be extended to drive a display to
show rate of air flow. (Editor’s note:
the basic concept could also be used
Delay:
low 4
for b10=0 to 8
pause 1000
next b10
;delay to let bulb filament stabilise
;ensure output is low
; count to 8 (seconds)
;pause a second
;do it until time is reached
sense:
readadc10 1,w0
;debug w0
low 4
If w0<635 then flow
pause 20
goto sense
;main voltage drop sensing routine
;read V at R4, convert to numeric value, place in W0
;read sensed value in W0 - for calibration only
;set output low
;calibration point. Jump if lower than 635
;wait 20 milliseconds
;goto beginning
flow:
high 4
pause 20
goto sense
;routine for showing air-flow present
;light LED
;wait 20 milliseconds
;start cycle all over again
;The calibration value may be altered. 635 is a central value.
;Increasing this will increase sensitivity and reducing it
;desensitises the circuit. This value may vary between different
;circuits. Use debug to see best what values the circuit is reading
; and what value you should use.
with a simple comparator to drive
the LED).
Be careful when breaking the
lamp, as it is easy to break the filament too. Wrap the bulb in paper (to
eliminate splinters hitting your eyes)
and place it in a vice. Gently tighten
the vice a fraction of a turn; you will
hear and feel the glass break. Be
careful – it is sharp!
Use a coarse mesh cover for the
lamp to protect the filament without
hindering the air-flow. When mounting the lamp, ensure the filament is
perpendicular to the air flow, not
parallel to it, as this makes quite a
difference to sensitivity.
Note that the circuit is unsuitable
for use where flammable gases may
be present. In other words, do not
use it in the presence of volatile and
flammable fluids such as petrol, alcohol or methylated spirits, acetone
(present in nail polish or nail polish
remover), paint thinners, kerosene,
LPG, etc.
Brett Cupitt,
Ashfield, NSW. ($40)
siliconchip.com.au
Alarm monitors up to
nine freezers
This freezer monitor and alarm
was designed to monitor three
freezers placed next to each other
but could be expanded to as many
as nine.
The temperature of each freezer is
monitored with a 10kW thermistor
(Jaycar Cat. RN3440) sealed in a
steel tube with neutral cure Silastic.
These are each in series with a
22kW resistor from the positive rail.
The generated voltage is monitored
with a LM3914 and 10-segment
bargraph display.
The REFLO and REFHI voltages
are set using potentiometers so that
the display range corresponds to
the estimated voltages generated
over the temperature range of -20°C
to +10°C.
These were calculated from the
data sheet for the thermistor but
could just as easily be measured experimentally. Pin 9 of the LM3914
can be left unconnected for dot
mode display.
The particular freezer thermistor
is selected by the output of a 4017
decade counter (IC2) which is
clocked by a Schmitt trigger oscillator based on IC1a (4093) and
operating at about 1Hz.
IC2’s O0-O2 outputs drive inverters IC1b-IC1d and their outputs go
low in turn to turn on the appropriate 4016 switch and a LED, to
indicate the selected device.
A Sonalert beeper can be activated when any inputs exceeds the set
temperature, which is monitored by
an LM311 comparator (IC4).
Since all generated and reference
voltages are derived from the power
supply, the precise voltage is not
important.
Graham Jackman,
Oakleigh East, Vic. ($40)
siliconchip.com.au
August 2007 33
Circuit Notebook – Continued
PICAXE thermostat
for a 240VAC heater
Cheap fan heaters have a poor
thermostat or none at all. This
PICAXE-based thermostat uses a
thermistor (DSE Cat. R1895) as the
sensing device. Display of current
temperature and set-point is via a
10-LED bargraph driven by a 4017
decade counter (IC2). Adjustment
of the set-point is done using a
single pushbutton switch (S1) and
the load is switched by a 240VACrated relay.
Power for the circuit is provided
by an external DC plugpack via a
7805 5V regulator. The external
plugpack is simpler and safer to use
and eliminates a source of self-heating that could confuse the operation
of the circuit (small transformers get
quite warm even if lightly loaded).
In the prototype the thermistor was
installed through the top of the box
with short connecting wires.
34 Silicon Chip
To avoid relay chatter and give
some hysteresis, the temperature
is sampled about once a minute.
During this waiting period, the
4017 is constantly clocked and
reset as appropriate to display a
pseudo-bargraph of the ambient
temperature. This display is easier
to interpret than if a single LED is
illuminated.
Since only one LED is actually
lit at any time, the brightness of the
bargraph reduces as more LEDs are
lit, due to reduced duty cycle. This
also means that power consumption is correspondingly low. A brief
flicker of the bargraph is seen once a
minute when the PIC08M is reading
the temperature.
When the pushbutton is pressed,
the current set-point is displayed
(as a single LED) and if the button
is held the set-point increments
slowly and wraps around to restart
the count from the bottom. If the
displayed ambient temperature is
less than the set-point, the output
LED and relay turns on until the
next temperature sample (about
one minute).
The prototype was set up with
each LED equal to 1°C over a range
of 16-25°C but this can be altered
to suit. The software is annotated
and includes a test mode to assist
calibration. The 10-bit ADC in the
PIC08M gives about 10 counts per
degree with this thermistor, so
smaller temperature steps would
be possible.
The mains relay is driven via a
2N7000 FET. The relay’s contact
life will be extended if the heater
is used on “low” setting; ie, just
one heating element instead of two.
Make sure that the relay’s contacts
are adequately rated to do the job.
Craig Simmons,
Lemon Tree Passage, NSW. ($45)
Note: the software listing is too long to
include here but can be downloaded
from www.siliconchip.com.au.
siliconchip.com.au
White LED
touch light
This white LED touch light circuit
uses a 4093 quad NAND Schmitt
IC. IC1a is a pulse generator with a
one-third duty cycle and it drives
the LED via a second gate, acting as
a buffer. The reduced duty of the
LED represents a two-thirds power
saving, taking advantage of persistence of vision – ie, the human eye’s
inability to discern pulses above a
certain frequency.
The LED circuit is gated by IC1c.
It senses the resistance of a finger
on its touch pad and then charges a
100µF capacitor via diode D1. This
serves as a timer function to provide
about five minutes’ light.
The timing period may be altered
by altering the value of the 100µF
capacitor. The inputs of the spare
gate - ie, pins 12 & 13 of IC1d – are
“tied high” to conserve power.
On standby, the circuit uses well
under 1µA. The LED and 1kW resistor could be replaced with a piezo
sounder to provide a timed beep. In
this case, the 10nF capacitor at pin
2 of IC1a controls the pitch.
Thomas Scarborough,
Cape Town, South Africa. ($35)
that the voltages range from about
0.3V to 2V. It could be built as an
inconspicuous remote, since suitable microswitches and the 4-pole
headphone plug (Cat. PP-0138) are
available from Jaycar.
Note: this circuit was devised to
suit the Creative Zen-V MP3 player
but other models and brands probably work in a similar way.
Placid Talia,
Oakleigh, Vic. ($30)
MP3 player
remote control
This circuit was devised to provide a wired remote control that connects in-line with the headphones.
The headphone socket on a Creative Zen-V MP3 player has an extra
contact (a second ring R2) that is
pulled up internally to 3V. This is the
control pin and is normally shorted
to GND (sleeve) by the headphones.
Connecting a resistor between the
control pin and GND creates a voltage divider that is detected by the
internal sensing circuit.
This remote control circuit simply
switches different resistor values, so
Contribute And Choose Your Prize
As you can see, we pay good money
for each of the “Circuit Notebook” items
published in SILICON CHIP. But there
are four more reasons to send in your
circuit idea.
Each month, the best contribution
published will entitle the author to
choose the prize: an LCR40 LCR meter,
a DCA55 Semiconductor Component
Analyser, an ESR60 Equivalent Series
Resistance Analyser or an SCR100
siliconchip.com.au
Thyristor & Triac Analyser, with the
compliments of Peak Electronic Design
Ltd – see www.peakelec.co.uk
So now you have even more reasons
to send that brilliant circuit in.
You can either email your idea to
silicon<at>siliconchip.com.au or post it
to PO Box 139, Collaroy, NSW 2097.
August 2007 35
National Semicondu
– a new super-low distortion
T
he LM4562 dual high performance audio op amp is featured
in the preamp module for the Class-A amplifier, elsewhere in
this issue. It has ultra-low distortion, low noise, high slew
rate and high gain-bandwidth product.
In fact, its total harmonic distortion + noise (THD+N) is so low
you cannot measure it directly with current equipment such as the
Audio Precision Test Set!
Even without its super-low distortion figures, the LM4562 is
an impressive op amp. Its typical input noise density is 2.7nV/ Hz
while slew rate is quoted at ±20V/ms.
Gain-bandwidth product is 55MHz and open-loop gain is 140dB
for a 600W load. In addition, it has excellent figures of 120dB for
PSRR (power supply rejection ratio) and CMRR (common mode
rejection ratio).
But it is the harmonic distortion performance that made us
pick it as the only suitable op amp to be teamed with the new
20W Class-A amplifier current being featured in the magazine.
We wanted an op amp that would not degrade the amplifier’s
performance in any way.
The LM4562 turned out to be the right choice but we have to
admit that the preamplifier module featured in this month’s issue
was our third attempt to actually extract that fine performance. As
in any low distortion design, PC board layout is critical.
Having obtained a great performance figure, typically less than
.0005% from the module, we had two problems:
One, that distortion is about the same as the residual distortion
of the Audio Precision test set and
Two, the THD+N of the op amp is more than an order of magnitude
(ie, ten times) better again, at 0.00003%.
So how does National Semiconductor manage to quote a value
that cannot be measured?
Well, there is always a way! Although the THD+N cannot be
measured directly, a simple set-up enables the ultra-low distortion
to be measured indirectly. The circuit is as in Fig.1 and is taken
directly from the National Semiconductor data sheet.
Fig. 1: The suggested circuit from the datasheet used
to measure the ultra low distortion of the LM4562. R1
should be low, typically 10W.
36 Silicon Chip
The op amp is connected as a unity-gain buffer but with a low
resistance R1 (around 10W) placed between the inverting and
non-inverting inputs and a higher resistance R2 placed in the
feedback loop.
The result is a closed loop gain of 1 but a noise gain of
G=1+(R2/R1). This is because R1 and R2 effectively form a
voltage divider.
This means that the error (ie, harmonic distortion) and noise
signal is amplified by this factor and this allows the measurement
to be made on currently available equipment!
Another way of looking at it is to regard the op amp as having
its open loop gain reduced to a figure of 1 + (R2/R1) and this
means that much less feedback is available to reduce the circuit
non-linearity.
Either way, we decided to try this method to verify the typical
ultra low THD+N figure given in the datasheet (0.00003%). This
will vary according to the voltage of the test signal, its frequency
and the impedance of the load, among other factors.
We connected the op amp as in Fig. 1. For R1 and R2 we used
10W and 1.2kW 5% resistors, which we measured using a digital
multimeter to be 9.9W and 1202W respectively. You could use
1% resistors instead but since we were measuring the resistors
with a multimeter, this would not make very much difference to
the result.
Fig. 2: graph of THD+N vs. output voltage from the
LM4562 datasheet. The test load is 600W and the
supply voltage is ±15V. At 3V RMS, the THD+N value is
0.00003%. Compare this with our measured value!
siliconchip.com.au
uctor’s LM4562
op amp
By Mauro Grassi
The distortion gain, using the formula 1+(R2/R1), was therefore
G=1+(1202/9.9)=122.41
A 1kHz 3V RMS test signal from the Audio Precision set is
applied to pin 5 (the non-inverting input) and the output of the op
amp at pin 7 is 3V (because the gain is unity).
We used a ±15V regulated supply that we measured to be within
0.06% of this value. However such small variations in the positive
and negative rails as well as asymmetrical rails should not make
any significant difference to the result since the LM4562 has a
PSRR (power supply rejection ratio) of -120dB.
We selected a simulated load of 600W, to match the data sheet.
We made sure to connect the unused op amp as a buffer with
grounded non-inverting input, to prevent it from oscillating and
contributing to the noise measurement via the common supply.
To measure the THD+N, we used the same technique as described
on pages 28-30 of the June 2007 issue.
It involves using an oscilloscope with averaging to eliminate
the noise on the distortion signal. This was found to be necessary
because the breadboard version of the circuit in Fig.1 was quite
prone to noise pickup.
So, if we let DV denote the RMS voltage of the residual distortion
signal and AV denote the RMS voltage of its averaged version, we
obtain the scaling factor F=AV/DV.
If we let MD denote the THD+N reading from the Audio Precision
Test Set, which is made in the audio range 20Hz to 22kHz. Since
the distortion gain is G, the true measurement for the THD+N
should be:
F x MD /G %
Fig. 3: Screen grab from of the Le Croy WaveJet showing
the test signal in yellow, a 1kHz 3V RMS sine wave and
the distortion signal at pin 7 of the LM4562 in cyan,
showing the RMS value of DV=59.3mV.
siliconchip.com.au
Now the LeCroy WaveJet 324 scope we used cannot display
the distortion and its averaged-out version
simultaneously (as can the LeCroy WaveRunner) so we had to
switch between the waveforms.
What we did was to take typical values as guides. Figs. 3 and
4 show screen grabs from the oscilloscope. Let’s run through a
typical calculation, with values as shown in Figs. 3 and 4.
From these screen grabs, we have AD=11.45mV and DV=59.3mV,
being the RMS values of the averaged distortion signal and the
normally sampled distortion signal, respectively. The ratio F is
therefore F=AD/DV=0.1931.
Since the reading given by the Audio Precision Test Set was
typically 0.013%, its true value (using the averaged residual distortion) was 0.1931 x 0.013 or .0025% Now since G was 122.41, the
calculated value for the distortion is .0025 / G = 0.00002%, lower
than the typical distortion given by the data sheet!
This technique of varying the distortion gain can be applied
whenever the measurement to be made is too small for the available instrument.
SC
Fig. 4: Screenshot of the Le Croy WaveJet showing the
test signal in yellow, a 1kHz 3V RMS sine wave and the
averaged distortion signal at pin 7 of the LM4562 in cyan,
showing an average RMS value of AD=11.45mV.
August 2007 37
SERVICEMAN'S LOG
Serviceman Of The Overflow
Getting down on my hands and knees to service
a dishwasher is not much fun but this was one
those occasions when I had no choice. I’d much
rather service TV sets any day, so let’s start off
with one of those.
I thought I had an interesting fault
when Mr Williams said his set would
drop its colour during the advertisements but only on Channel 7. I could
see all sorts of spin-offs to this. For
years I had heard of boxes that would
mute the sound for you during commercials – though I have never actually
seen one. But if this set could turn its
colour off, surely I could use the colour
killer circuit to kill or even murder the
sound during the ads!
Anyway, as luck would have it, Mr
Williams didn’t quite mention that
there were other problems with the
picture on Channel 7. Most were due
to a fine herringbone patterning on the
screen from co-channel RF interference. Mr Williams lived in a block of
units in a poor reception area and he
had a Grundig Xedance 82 Flat and had
a Panasonic NV-FJ620 VCR connected
to it. The VCR was connected to the
38 Silicon Chip
aerial and then onto the TV. The RF
output channel had been set to UHF
channel 37.
On the very crowded UHF band on
the North Shore of Sydney, this is not
a good choice. There are several channels available and I reset this one to
channel 69 and hoped for the best. It
fixed up the patterning but only longterm use will confirm my remedy.
Serviceman of the overflow
Thank God, I am not a plumber or
a white goods technician – though it
would be nice to get their remuneration. The very thought of sewage or
rotten food stuck in pipes is all too
much for me.
It does, therefore, do one’s soul good
to be in their shoes even for just one
job and it makes you appreciate your
profession so much more.
Mrs Serviceman is a formidable
Items Covered This Month
•
•
•
•
•
Grundig Xedance 82 Flat
AEG Favorite 675i dishwasher
Sharp LC15AHIE LCD TV
Telefunken SDX290H
Philips 36PW9527/79R EM5A
P/M
person and when she asked me to fix
our dishwasher you just knew there
was going to be no negotiation in the
matter. This was a direct missive from
on high.
The offending machine was an AEG
Favorite 675i dishwasher that was
intermittently dead. Basically the machine would start working perfectly,
then after a while you could hear a
small clunk and then the whirring
sound of a motor. It was at this point
that it would stop its washing cycle
and the touchpad keyboard would
jam up. In fact, you could not do
siliconchip.com.au
anything for another 15 minutes or so
when suddenly the motor would stop
and the touchpad would start to work
normally again. This cycle would be
repeated every few days but the frequency was increasing.
I removed the covers and got down
on my hands and knees and saw there
was a tray underneath. In the centre
of this tray there was a vertical shaft
with a piece of foam on it. I worked out
that this piece of foam would float on
any water that was in the tray and as
it rose, the foam would move up the
shaft until it hit a microswitch at the
top. This would then turn on a control
solenoid and a pump motor which
would empty the tray. This “flood
control” was what was happening to
this machine.
Not quite knowing what to expect,
I concluded that this tray was for a
safety overflow. But where was the
water coming from? It certainly wasn’t
pouring in but I did notice from the
discoloured melamine on the righthand side that there was a water leak
nearby.
But where from? Water is a little like
electricity, with gravity being its driving force. The height above ground is
equivalent to voltage and quantity to
amps. So to find the water source you
have to look upwards.
It took a long time to trace this but
eventually I noticed a wet copper stain
at the connection to the hot water tap.
This disappeared into a loose flexible
corrugated conduit which then went
via the external solenoid into the machine and then dripped down the side
of the cabinet into the tray.
siliconchip.com.au
So there was nothing wrong with the
dishwasher. Tightening up the hose
connector and refitting the conduit
properly ensured the flood control was
no longer necessary.
Mrs Serviceman should be pleased
– I think I will ask for seconds of that
lamb roast tonight.
There’s a good chap
Mrs Courtney-Lacey swept in with
Joseph, her butler/driver who naturally was carrying the offending appliance. She addressed me sharply and
demanded I repair her thingummy
bob as quickly as possible, if not immediately and then retired with her
entourage, with the assertive parting
shot – “Now there’s a good chap”.
Well a command like that has to be
obeyed – it was almost, well, like Mrs
Serviceman talking to me. Maybe they
know each other!
The set was a Sharp LC15AHIE
LCD TV and the problem was that it
intermittently wouldn’t come on or
stay on and it flickered. My first step
was to engage the service test mode
by pressing the appropriate buttons
while switching the power on. This
gave a letter “K” in the top lefthand
corner of the blue screen. Pressing
“Volume-” and “Channel-” together
places the set into the adjust mode
and it then displayed “Error..5” on the
screen. Pressing “Volume-” then reset
the error count from 5 to 0. That done,
I turned the set off and on and it then
worked perfectly every time.
This is all part of the TV’s protection system. If you try to start and stop
this set rapidly more than five times in
succession, it goes into protect mode
and the error buffer has to be reset.
I soak-tested this set for a long time
until I was sure that this was the whole
problem. So why did it do this?
This required a phone call to our
lady who told me that it was actually
the set they used on their yacht. After
a bit of probing and a chat with Joseph,
I found out that they used an inverter
to run it.
I then had the temerity to advise
them that this set would not work
satisfactorily with this arrangement.
The inverter waveform had too many
spikes that would set off the inbuilt
error counter.
Mrs Courtney-Lacey was not amused
but agreed finally to use it up at the
house and not on the yacht. She was
lucky in this case because these spikes
can often destroy the power supply
and as I described last month the repair
August 2007 39
Serviceman’s Log – continued
kit requires a lot of work to install. She
must have had some inkling of what
I said because she had already tried
three other Sharp LCD sets which
had all had the same problem and so
accepted my reasoning.
A dreaded old set
A blast from the past arrived on my
bench. It was a Telefunken SDX290H
with no vertical deflection. This
set is a bit of an enigma because it
doesn’t really fit into any category.
Fundamentally, it is a French-made
Thomson ICC7 chassis but actually is
an ICC7000 about 15 years old. It was
a very sophisticated set for its time and
was also very reliable and performed
well. But (there is always a but) it is a
beast to service. To top it off, there is
no service manual available for this
specific model.
The set has multiple short leads to
a chassis that has components on both
sides which are all closely packed.
If you were contemplating taking on
such an ancient set, I would advise you
strongly to draw a diagram of where
all the plugs go. Most of the faults are
well known and you can use an ICC7
circuit with reasonable confidence. I
suspected the vertical output IC IF01
TDA8178/F was faulty, as the 15W
fusible resistor R11 was open-circuit.
Fitting new parts was disappointing, as it made no difference to the
40 Silicon Chip
symptoms. The common problems for
this set are the supply rails and the
fusible resistors, especially additional
components that were added onto the
ICC7000 chassis rather than the ICC7;
eg, the 4.7W resistor fitted instead of
link J238.
Anyway I found nothing wrong with
most of the usual suspects, so I started
measuring the voltages on each of the
seven pins of the IC. The only voltage that was incorrect was the output
voltage to the deflection yoke which
was high.
Now as any keen audiophile would
know, an amplifier’s DC output voltage is normally half that of the voltage
supply rails. Seeing that everything
else was OK, I deduced that it had to
be the IC. That was when I noticed
that the IC had an extra suffix. It was
actually a TDA8178/FS (or equivalent STV9379F) and this requires
modification for the internal reference
voltage.
An additional 3.9kW and 2.7V zener
needs to be fitted from the 65V rail (for
the STV9379F the zener would have to
be 2.1V, which is a big ask as they are
hard to obtain). This mod restored the
vertical deflection but not completely.
The electros surrounding the packed
IC needed to be changed as well.
Fixing a heavy Philips
Peter Williams specifically asked
for a house service call because his
TV weighed a tonne and was upstairs.
He had a Philips 36PW9527/79R wide
screen CRT TV employing an EM5A
P/M chassis. The weight was all in the
86cm picture tube. He complained of
poor focus but by the time I arrived,
there was no picture. Removing
the back was a bit of a drama until
I remembered you have to remove
the fancy trim on the top rear of the
cabinet.
I switched the set on and noticed it
took a very long time for the LED to
change from red to yellow to green but
I had been pre-warned about this as
this set is fitted with lots of protection
circuitry. By now there was no picture
at all and I thought this was going to
be easy because the CRT filaments
weren’t coming on.
Expecting just dry joints in the CRT
filament circuit from the line output
transformer, I had a quick look at the
service manual to follow its route
when I noticed a lot of references to
PCB I DAF (Dynamic Active Focus
– both horizontal and vertical). The
filament voltage is also connected to
this board via transformer 5810 and
FET 7810, along with the focus – both
related to the symptoms this set was
suffering from.
Moving the CRT board F brought
the picture tube filaments back on but
there was still no sign of a raster. The
RGB amplifier ICs on the CRT board are
too sensitive to survive a quick short to
ground on one of the cathodes of the
CRT to see if there is a picture.
Measuring various voltages, I established we had EHT but no screen (G2)
voltage. The focus was just too hard
to measure. I measured the emission
of the picture tube to be OK. With the
above info in mind, I took a stab and
diagnosed that the twin focus and
screen control assembly part of the
flyback must be faulty but to be sure,
I decided to confirm my diagnosis and
fit this chassis into another similar set
I had in the workshop.
I ordered a new transformer but was
amazed to find the supplied replacement was quite a lot different from the
original. However, I duly replaced it
along with C2435 (9.1nF, 2kV) across
the line output transistor for good
measure and resoldered the vertical
output IC just in case.
I took the chassis back, reinstalled
it, crossed my fingers and switched
on. When I heard the sound come on,
siliconchip.com.au
CIRCUIT
!
W
E
N
WIZARD
A revolutionary new system
that combines circuit design,
PCB design, simulation &
CAD/ CAM in one complete
package for your pc.
rom:
f
o
m
e
d
e
a fre oncepts.com
d
a
o
l
n
w
o
D
-c
e
v
a
w
w
e
www.n
rsions click
To see the
Something old, something new – a 1957 Healing B&W
TV set working from a digital set-top box!
I decided now was the time to turn the screen control
(G2) up and look for a picture.
It was a relief to see the picture come on, even if it
was out of focus. A few more judicious twiddles of the
dynamic and static focus controls and I get a pretty
good picture – but – quelle horreur!! The picture was
upside down and the wrong way round!!
For such a drastic turn of events I must have done
something really STUPID – I mean, even more than
normal!
Well, I examined all the plugs and sockets to the
deflection yoke and really you couldn’t actually plug
them in the wrong way around. They were all keyed,
colour coded and non-interchangeable. The panic level
was rising within me but I kept my head and tried
phoning colleagues to see if this had ever happened
to them – which of course it hadn’t. It only helped to
reinforce their opinion of me that it was time I was
put out to pasture.
In the end, there was nothing for it but to swap the
leads over to the yoke.
I started with the vertical deflection and cut and
resoldered them the opposite way round. I thought it
would be a good idea to check it before going on to the
horizontal deflection yoke.
To my amazement not only did this fix the upside
down picture but also the left to right scan! It was now
normal. Please don’t try to explain the logic to me; I
don’t think I could handle it.
Fortunately, after the necessary adjustments this
fixed the problem.
The penny didn’t drop until I got back to the workshop and found on the floor a small extension lead
which fitted the vertical deflection plug and socket. It
was this that changed its polarity.
Interesting picture
Finally, at the top of this column is an interesting
photo from last month’s round up. It shows a 1957
Healing TV set working from a digital set-top box! SC
siliconchip.com.au
s between
difference
ssional ve
ard & Profe
s’.
on ‘feature
Stand
IDEAL FOR
Schools, TAFEs, Hobbyists & Business
Circuit Wizard Standard – $202*
&
Circuit Wizard Pro – $390*post*incin GST
Aust.
555Electronics
Australia and
New Zealand –
for orders or more
information,
please contact
McLaren Vale, SA 5171
Tel (08) 8323 8442
email: bwigley<at>senet.com.au
www.555electronics.com.au
Rockby Electronics
Components Est. 1987
30000 stock Products On-Line
Semicondutors, Capacitors, Inductors, Relays, Switches
Test Equipment, Tools, Fans, Computer Components,
Power Supplies, Resistors, Plugs & sockets, Leads,
Hardware, Opto Electronics, Fuses, Pots, Batteries,
Terminals, Transformers, Fuses, Clips, Cables, etc.
Web Address: www.rockby.com.au
Rockby
Electronics
Pty
Showroom & Pick-up Orders:
Ltd
Mail Or der s To:
P.O Box 1189 Huntingdale
Victoria 3166
Email: salesdept<at>rockby.com.au
August 2007 41
Adaptive
Turbo Timer
By JOHN CLARKE
If your car’s turbocharger has just been
running, it is vital to allow the engine to
idle for a few minutes before switching
off. This Adaptive Turbo Timer will do the
job automatically. It only operates when
necessary and sets the idle time according to
how hard you’ve driving.
F
OR MOST DRIVERS of turbo cars,
having to leave the engine idling
for a short period before switching
off is often not particularly practical.
Alternatively, they may simply forget
to do it.
Another problem is that in many
cases, it is not really necessary. Your
trip may have been rather slow and
the turbo did not run. Or with brisk
driving, the turbo may have been running but not in the last few minutes.
At other times though, when the turbo
has just been in use, the engine should
be idled to allow cool-down.
Why do car manufacturers recom42 Silicon Chip
mend this idle period? It is all to do
with prolonging the life of the turbocharger and particularly, its bearings.
Switching off the engine immediately
after turbo operation means that the
turbo will still be spinning, as it runs
at very high speeds. This also means
that the bearings will then run without any fresh circulating oil from the
engine. Any residual bearing oil will
overheat and burn or tarnish due to the
very high turbo temperatures.
If this happens repeatedly, the result
will be premature bearing wear. By
contrast, idling the engine for a while
before switching off will maintain the
lubrication until the turbo cools.
Whether to idle or just stop the
engine when you park is a decision
you must make every time, unless
you install a turbo timer. However,
most turbo timers will always idle the
engine before switching it off, regardless of whether this is required or not.
This is the case with the Turbo Timer
published in the November 1998 issue
of SILICON CHIP.
Our new Adaptive Turbo Timer is
different as it makes the decision as
to whether to provide the cool-down
period and if so, for how long. Its
decisions are based on the vehicle’s
recent driving history. If the turbo has
not been used for the last 15 minutes,
for example, no cool-down period will
be provided. On the other hand, if the
turbo has been active in the last few
minutes, the engine will be idled for
proper turbo cool-down.
How does it know?
So how does the Adaptive Turbo
Timer monitor recent driving history
and alter the cool-down time accordsiliconchip.com.au
Fig.1: the circuit is based on microcontroller IC1 which monitors the sensor
signal at its AN2 input. IC1 determines the cool-down period and controls the
car’s ignition circuit via transistor Q1 and relay RLY1. Relay RLY2 is used to
bypass an engine immobiliser (if fitted) during the cool-down period.
ingly? It does this by monitoring an
engine sensor that is load dependent. Typically, this will be an airflow
sensor, a Manifold Absolute Pressure
(MAP) sensor, an oxygen sensor, a
throttle position sensor or a temperature sensor. Only one sensor is needed
to provide this engine information.
In operation, the Adaptive Turbo
Timer monitors the sensor’s signal
over a period of time and tallies up
the amount of time the signal is above
and below a preset value. To do this
it samples the sensor signal 256 times
over this tally period. The tally period
is a minimum of five minutes but can
be up to 15 minutes, depending on the
maximum cool-down timer setting.
The sensor signal is sampled every 1.17
seconds for a tally period of five minutes
and once every 3.52 seconds if the tally
period is set to 15 minutes.
Note that the sensor is continuously
siliconchip.com.au
monitored but only the data within the
tally period is relevant and older data
is continually discarded. A sensor LED
indicates whenever the preset value
has been exceeded. The maximum
cool-down period can be set anywhere
between 0-15 minutes.
The amount of time the sensor signal
is above the preset value compared to
the time under the preset value can be
represented as a percentage. It is this
percentage which largely determines
the cool-down period.
The monitored signal is also weighted according to how recent the data
is. This means that the most recent
quarter of the tally period has a greater
effect on the timer cool-down period
than earlier quarters.
The actual weighting is such that
the most recent quarter has four times
more effect than the first quarter. Similarly, the second most recent quarter
Main Features
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Automatic operation
Cool-down period adapts to the
turbo boost usage
Adjustable maximum cool-down
period
Reset switch
LED indication of current cooldown timeout period
LED indication during cool-down
LED indication of sensor level
Sensor inversion selection
has three times more effect and the
third most recent quarter has twice
the effect of the first quarter.
The resultant cool-down period is
indicated by a LED that has a brightness level that varies according to the
percentage of full timeout period. So
if the timeout is 100% of the setting,
then the LED will be fully glowing.
August 2007 43
Fig.2: follow this diagram to assemble and install the Adaptive Turbo
Timer. Check that all polarised parts are correctly oriented and be sure
to use automotive cable for all external connections. Note that the A & B
connections at left should be run using heavy-duty cable as they carry the
ignition circuit current.
sleeve of heatshrink tubing. You can
either mount the indicator LEDs on
the instrument panel or they can be
simply mounted on the PC board for
use when setting up the timer.
Circuit details
This is the completed unit, ready for installation. You can either mount
the LEDs on the PC board and use them during the setting-up procedure
or you can mount them on the dash and connect them via flying leads.
Lower percentages will have the LED
glow at a lower brightness.
When driving, this LED will be seen
to vary in brightness according to the
amount of time the turbocharger has
run. It gives a good indication of just
how much time the cool-down period
will be when the engine is switched
off. An Idle LED also lights during the
cool-down period.
Using it
The Adaptive Turbo Timer is easy
to use. Just drive the car and when
44 Silicon Chip
you switch off the ignition, the Adaptive Turbo Timer will either allow
the engine to switch off or run it for a
further short period, depending on the
amount of recent turbo use. However,
if you wish, you can override the cooldown period at any time and switch
off the engine at any time by pressing
a reset switch.
As shown in the photos, a small
PC board accommodates all the main
parts for the Adaptive Turbo Timer.
This board can be mounted inside a
plastic box or it can be wrapped in a
Fig.1 shows the full circuit details of
the Adaptive Turbo Timer. It’s based on
a PIC16F88-I/P microcontroller (IC1)
and this monitors the engine sensor
signal at its AN2 input (pin 1). IC1
also monitors the ignition voltage at its
RA0 input (pin 17) and checks when
the ignition is switched off.
The cool-down period is enabled
by relay RLY1 which is connected in
parallel with the cars’s ignition switch.
Pushbutton switch PB1 is connected
to IC1’s RB1 (pin 7) input and can be
used to cancel the cool-down period
and switch off the engine.
The car’s ignition switch is monitored by RA0 (pin 17) via the normally
closed contacts of relay RLY1 (30 &
87a). The input voltage to pin 17 is
fed via an RC filter (100kW resistor and
100nF capacitor) to prevent any false
triggering by transient voltage spikes.
The 39kW resistor to ground attenuates
the input voltage and is included so
that the ignition voltage required to
trigger the RA0 input is around 2V.
This ensures faster and more reliable
detection of the ignition switch off.
Normally, when the ignition is
switched off, pin 17 is pulled low via a
1kW resistor. However, when the ignisiliconchip.com.au
tion is switched off and the micro has
calculated that a cool-down period is
warranted, its RA1 output goes high
and switches on NPN transistors Q1
& Q2. Q1 drives relay RLY1 and this
closes the normally open contacts (30
& 87) to reconnect the ignition supply
to the engine.
This happens so quickly that there
is no faltering in the engine.
At the end of the cool-down period,
the RA1 output goes low and switches
off the relay (thus turning off the engine). Diode D2 is connected across the
relay coil to quench the spike voltage
that occurs when the relay’s coil current is switched off.
Q2 and the optional relay RLY2 is
provided to bypass any after-market
engine immobiliser that may have
been installed until after the cooldown period. Q2 also drives LED3 to
indicate that the Turbo Timer is providing cool-down time. LED3 goes off
after the cool-down period.
Note that if an alarm is fitted, it must
have its ignition input signal taken
from the 87a contact of RLY1. If this is
not done, the alarm is liable to sound
during the cool-down period.
Cool-down setting
Trimpot VR2 sets the cool-down
period. Its wiper is connected to the
AN6 input of IC1 (pin 13). VR2 provides a voltage between 0-5V and this
is converted to a digital value within
IC1. The cool-down period is zero when
VR2 is fully anticlockwise and 15 minutes when it is fully clockwise.
Test point TP2 is a convenient point
to measure the setting of trimpot VR2.
Table 1 shows the timeout voltages for
several settings of VR2. For example,
a setting of 333mV will provide a
1-minute cool-down period, a 1V setting will provide three minutes and a
5V setting will provide 15 minutes.
The cool-down setting value is
checked by IC1 whenever power is
applied. This means that if you change
the setting of VR2, the timing period
will only change after power has been
switched off and on again.
Warning!
Be sure to use the Turbo Timer
only when your car is parked in
the open. The reason for this is
fairly obvious – your car’s engine
exhausts carbon monoxide (CO)
fumes while it is running and
carbon monoxide gas is colourless, odourless and extremely
poisonous.
Never allow the engine to
run on if the car is parked in a
confined space; eg, a garage. If
you do need to allow the turbo to
cool, park the car outside instead
until the engine cuts out and park
the car in the garage later on.
Engine sensor
As mentioned above, the AN2
input (pin 1) monitors the engine
sensor signal. The sensor input has a
relatively high input impedance, due
to the 100kW series resistor and 1MW
trimpot VR1. VR1 attenuates the input
signal level, while the 100nF capacitor
provides a degree of filtering.
In operation, the AN2 input signal
is converted to a digital value within
IC1 and compared to a 1V level. LED2
lights when ever the signal at AN2 is
above or below 1V, depending on the
“voltage sense” setting provided by
link LK1.
Alternatively, the signal threshold
can be set to 100mV when link LK2
is inserted. This lower threshold is
more suitable for the signal from an
oxygen sensor.
With LK1 out of circuit, the RB0
input (pin 6) is held high via an internal pull-up resistor. When LK1 is
installed, it pulls the input to ground.
This link is only installed if the engine
sensor’s output voltage decreases with
engine load.
As stated earlier, the brightness
of LED1 gives an indication of the
cool-down period. It is driven using a
pulse-width modulated (PWM) signal
from pin 9 via a 470W current-limiting
resistor. When the cool-down percentage is 100%, pin 9 outputs a nominal
5V and gives maximum LED brightness. Lower cool-down settings result
in a PWM signal with reduced duty
cycle and therefore reduced brightness
from LED1.
Input RB1 (pin 7) is normally tied
to +5V via an internal pull-up resistor. When reset switch PB1 is closed,
pin 7 is pulled close to 0V and this is
detected by IC1 as a switch closure.
IC1 operates from an internal 8MHz
oscillator. This sets the operating rate
of the micro and the clocking for the
timers that tally the sensor input signal
and provide the cool-down period.
Power for the circuit comes from the
switched side of the ignition switch
and so power is applied only when
the ignition is on or while relay RLY1
is closed (ie, during the cool-down
period). Diode D1 provides reverse polarity protection, while a 10W resistor
and zener diode ZD1 are used to clamp
Table 1: Resistor Colour Codes
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
siliconchip.com.au
No.
2
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
Value
100kW
39kW
10kW
2.2kW
1.8kW
1kW
1kW
680W
470W
100W
10W
4-Band Code (1%)
brown black yellow brown
orange white orange brown
brown black orange brown
red red red brown
brown grey red brown
brown black red brown
brown black red brown
blue grey brown brown
yellow violet brown brown
brown black brown brown
brown black black brown
5-Band Code (1%)
brown black black orange brown
orange white black red brown
brown black black red brown
red red black brown brown
brown grey black brown brown
brown black black brown brown
brown black black brown brown
blue grey black black brown
yellow violet black black brown
brown black black black brown
brown black black gold brown
August 2007 45
Working With A Burglar Alarm
If an alarm is fitted to your car, this has been taken into account in the design
of the Adaptive Turbo Timer. A second relay – RLY2 – can be used to bypass the
alarm system’s engine immobiliser. This relay is connected to the bottom two
terminals on the PC board.
Where your alarm system disables the ignition by shorting it out, connect the
relay between the alarm immobiliser output and the ignition system using the 30
and 87a contacts as shown at (A). Alternatively, if the alarm system open circuits
the ignition, use the 30 and 87 contacts to reconnect the ignition as shown at (B).
In addition, if the alarm requires an ignition signal, use the “To Alarm Ignition
Input” connection on the Turbo Timer.
the anode (longer lead) as shown on
Fig.2. LEDs 1 & 3 are red while LED2
is green.
Trimpots VR1 & VR2 can now be
installed, followed by the two 3-way
link headers for LK1 and LK2. REG1 is
mounted horizontally on the PC board
with its leads bent over by 90° to insert
into the allocated holes. The regulator’s
tab is then secured to the PC board using an M3 screw and nut, after which
the leads can be soldered.
Don’t solder the regulator’s leads
before bolting it down, as this may
strain the soldered joints as the nut
is tightened.
Once these parts are in, install the
two independent 2-way PC-mount
screw terminals. The 8-way block at
the righthand edge can then be installed. It’s made up using six of the
2-way screw terminals. They connect
by sliding the dovetail joints together
before installing the assembly on the
PC board.
Finally, install the relay and the two
spade connector terminals which are
soldered directly to the PC board. Note
that the relay’s mounting tab will have
to be cut off before it is installed.
Testing
voltage transients. A 470mF capacitor
then filters the supply after which it
is fed to regulator REG1.
REG1 produces a +5V rail to power
the microcontroller, while the relays
are powered by the vehicle’s battery.
The 100mF capacitor at REG1’s output
provides extra decoupling.
Construction
The Adaptive Turbo Timer is built
on a PC board coded 05108071 and
measuring 107 x 61mm. If you don’t
like the idea of fitting it with a heatshrink sleeve, it can be housed in a
standard plastic case measuring 130
x 68 x 44mm – the board simple clips
into the integral side slots.
Most of the external connections to
the vehicle are made via PC-mounted
screw terminal blocks. The exceptions
here are the two external connections
to the relay, which are run via PCmount spade connectors (necessary
for the heavier current).
Begin construction by checking the
PC board for any defects (eg, shorted
or open circuit tracks) and for the
correct hole sizes. The holes for the
46 Silicon Chip
screw terminal blocks will need to be
larger than the 0.9mm holes for the
other components – ie, about 1.2mm.
Relay RLY1 requires slotted holes to
accept its spade terminals.
Fig.2 shows the parts layout on the
board. Start the assembly by installing the resistors first, taking care to
place each in its correct place. Table 1
shows the colour codes but you should
also use a digital multimeter to check
each resistor before inserting into the
PC board.
The diodes and the IC socket can go
in next, taking care to orientate each
with the correct polarity. The capacitors can then go in but note that the
electrolytic types must be oriented as
shown on Fig.2.
Next on the list are the two transistors which can now be soldered into
place. LEDs 1-3 can either be mounted
on the PC board or mounted externally
(eg, on the dash). Note that the LED
mounting pads are also brought out
to the screw terminal blocks, to make
external mounting easy.
If you are mounting the LEDs on the
PC board, take care to orient them with
Now for the smoke test. Initially,
leave IC1 out of its socket and connect
a wire so that you can open and close
the circuit between spade terminals A
and B. This simulates the car’s ignition switch.
Next, apply +12V to the A terminal
and 0V to the ground or chassis screw
terminal. That done, use a multimeter
to check the voltage between pins 14
& 5 of IC1’s socket – you should get
a reading of 5V (anywhere between
4.85V and 5.15V is OK).
If this checks out OK, switch off and
install IC1 in its socket. Be sure to orient the IC correctly – the notched end
goes to the left.
Adjustments
Initially, set VR2 to its mid position.
This will provide a nominal 2.5V at
TP2 for a 7.5-minute timeout. Jumper
pins LK1 and LK2 should be fitted to
their OUT positions.
Apply power (+12V) again to the
A terminal and close the connection
between the A and B terminals (ie,
connect A & B together). That done,
you need to simulate a sensor signal by
connecting a wire between the sensor
input terminal and the A input.
siliconchip.com.au
Specifications
Cool-down idle period: up to 15 minutes
Recent driving history monitoring: 5 minutes or equal to cool-down setting.
Recent driving history weighting: fourth ¼-period weighted by a factor of 4;
third ¼-period weighted by 3; second ¼-period weighted by 2; first ¼-period
weighted by 1.
Sensor input adjustment range: 1.1-15V or 0.11-1.5V, selected with LK2
Sensor input threshold: 1V or 0.1V, selected with LK2
Sensor input sense: positive or negative, selected with LK1
Sensor input impedance: 1.1MW
Next, adjust VR1 so that the voltage
at TP1 is just over 1V and check that
LED2 (the sensor LED) lights. If you
now disconnect the sensor input from
the A terminal, the sensor light will go
out after a maximum of 1.8 seconds.
Reconnecting the sensor input to the
A terminal again should then turn the
LED on again after a maximum of 1.8
seconds.
You should now see LED1 (the
“percentage timeout” LED) begin to
glow and increase in brightness during the period that LED2 is lit. It will
stop increasing in brightness when the
sensor input is disconnected from the
A terminal and LED2 goes out. (Note:
the percentage timeout LED shows the
current percentage of the cool-down
timeout set by VR2).
If you now disconnect the link
between the A and B terminals, relay
RLY1 should close (indicated by a click
as the contacts close) and LED3 should
light. The cool-down period will be up
to 7.5 minutes but less if LED1 is not
glowing at full brightness.
LED1 will now begin to decrease
in brightness until it extinguishes. At
the end of the cool-down period, the
relay will then switch off and LED3
will also extinguish.
Installation
When installing the Adaptive Turbo
Timer in your car you will need to
select a suitable sensor that changes
its output with engine load. There
are several sensors that can be used
and these are listed below, in order of
preference:
(1) Airflow Meter: this type of sensor
provides a good indication of engine
load. High airflow means that the
engine is being driven hard and the
turbocharger would be expected to be
siliconchip.com.au
applying boost.
Airflow sensors generally have a
rising voltage with airflow that ranges
from about 0.5V at idle through to
about 4.5V at high engine loads. Note
that some airflow sensors do not
change in voltage but provide a change
in frequency instead. A frequency output signal is unsuitable for use with
this circuit.
You can monitor the airflow signal
by connecting a digital multimeter to
its output and then driving the car.
The voltage should change with engine
load. If it doesn’t, you may be measuring the wrong wire or the output may
be a varying frequency.
(2) MAP (Manifold Absolute Pressure)
sensor: this measures the air pressure
at the manifold or at the air intake, the
output voltage increasing with rising
pressure – ie, with increasing engine
load. MAP sensors generally cover the
range of 0.5-4.5V. With turbo boost, the
MAP sensor should provide higher
output voltages than those derived
without boost.
(3) Oxygen Sensor oxygen sensors
measure the air/fuel mixture by detecting the amount of oxygen present in
the burnt fuel. Generally they produce
a signal range of 0-1V, with the higher
voltage meaning a rich mixture.
For many cars, the engine runs rich
when accelerating and so the signal
could be used to indicate when the
engine is being driven hard. However,
some cars do not run rich under acceleration and remain running with
stoichiometric mixture instead. In this
case, the sensor would be unsuitable
because its output essentially does
not change.
You can check the oxygen sensor
output during driving by connecting
a digital multimeter to it.
Parts List
1 PC board, code 05108071,
107 x 61mm
1 UB3 plastic case, 130 x 68 x
44mm (optional – see text)
1 SPDT 12V horn relay (RLY1),
Jaycar Cat. SY-4070
1 SPDT 12V horn relay (RLY2),
Jaycar Cat. SY-4070 (optional)
1 momentary closed pushbutton
switch (PB1)
6 2-way PC-mount screw
terminals with 5.08mm pin
spacing
1 18-pin DIP socket for IC1
2 3-way pin headers
2 jumper plugs
2 6.3mm insulated female spade
connectors
2 6.3mm male PC-mount spade
connectors
1 M3 x 10mm screw
1 M3 nut
2 PC stakes
1 2m length red automotive wire
1 2m length yellow automotive
wire
1 2m length black automotive
wire
Trimpots
1 1MΩ top adjust multi-turn
trimpot (VR1)
1 10kΩ horizontal mount trimpot
(code 103) (VR2))
Semiconductors
1 PIC16F88-I/P microcontroller
programmed with Adaptive
Turbo Timer.hex (IC1)
2 BC337 NPN transistors (Q1,
Q2)
1 7805 5V 1A 3-terminal regulator (REG1)
1 16V 1W zener diode (ZD1)
3 1N4004 1A diodes (D1-D3)
2 3mm red LEDs (LED1, LED3)
1 3mm green LED (LED2)
Capacitors
1 470mF 16V PC electrolytic
2 100mF 16V PC electrolytic
4 100nF MKT metallised polyester (code 104 or 100n)
Resistors (0.25W 1%)
2 100kΩ
1 1kΩ 0.5W
1 39kΩ
1 680Ω
1 10kΩ
1 470Ω
1 2.2kΩ
1 100Ω
1 1.8kΩ
1 10Ω
2 1kΩ
August 2007 47
Table 2
The PC board can either be covered with
heatshrink tubing (if you can find some
large enough) or mounted in a standard
plastic case as shown here.
(4) Throttle position sensor: although
not ideal, the throttle position sensor
could also be used as it changes its
output voltage when the throttle is
pressed.
(5) Temperature Sensor: older cars
may not have any of the abovementioned sensors and so you could connect to the coolant temperature sensor
instead. This will generally produce
a high voltage when cold and reach a
low voltage when the coolant is hot.
Making the connection
When making a connection to these
sensors it is not necessary to cut the
wire – just tap into it instead. The
connection can be made at the ECU
(Engine Control Unit) or at the sensor
itself. The Adaptive Turbo Timer’s sensor input has a high impedance so it
will not affect the operation of sensor
it is connected to or cause problems
with driveability.
Once you have found a suitable engine sensor, the remaining connections
to the Adaptive Turbo Timer can be
made. The A and B connections need
to be made using heavy-duty wire as
they carry the ignition circuit current.
It helps here if you can access the back
of the ignition switch.
Using a multimeter, locate a wire
going to the ignition switch that always
has battery voltage on it. That done,
turn the ignition key to the ON position
and find the wire that now has battery
voltage on it but reverts to 0V when
48 Silicon Chip
the key is turned off.
Note that when making connections,
you should disconnect the car’s battery. This will mean that you will lose
the settings in your car’s radio so be
sure you have the security password to
enable you to reset it when the battery
is reconnected.
The Reset pushbutton should be
mounted in a convenient position (ie,
within reach) on the dashboard. As
mentioned, the indicator LEDs can
also be dashboard mounted, so that
the cool-down period and the time
remaining can be readily monitored.
Setting up
You need to have access to the PC
board in order to carry out the settingup procedure. That’s because you have
to adjust the trimpots and be able
monitor the LEDs (if they are on the
PC board).
Initially, you can set VR2 to the
maximum cool-down period that you
will need. Some guidance for this
should be in your car’s user manual.
It’s generally in the region of 4-7 minutes but some high-performance cars
may need longer.
The next step requires adjustments
to be made while the car is driven and
so a second person is required to assist
with this. Get someone to drive the
car while you monitor the sensor LED
(LED2). Adjust VR1 so that the LED
lights when the car accelerates quickly
and the turbo boost comes on.
Cool-Down Period
VR2 Setting
(Voltage At TP2)
15 minutes
5V
14 minutes
4.67V
13 minutes
4.33V
12 minutes
4V
11 minutes
3.57V
10 minutes
3.33V
9 minutes
3V
8 minutes
2.67V
7 minutes
2.33V
6 minutes
2V
5 minutes
1.67V
4 minutes
1.33V
3.5 minutes
1.17V
3 minutes
1V
2.5 minutes
0.83V
2 minutes
0.67V
1.5 minutes
0.5V
1 minutes
0.33V
30 seconds
0.17V
15 seconds
0.08V
If you have connected the unit to
the oxygen sensor, then LK2 may need
to be placed in the “in” position so
that the threshold voltage for sensing
is 100mV (0.1V) instead of 1V. Also,
for some sensors, the sense may be
incorrect and the LED may light for
light engine loads and turn off at high
engine loads. In that case, place LK1
in the “IN” position to reverse the
sensor sense.
You will find that the percentage
LED is invaluable for showing the
amount of time the Adaptive Turbo
Timer is expected to run. You can adjust the maximum cool-down period
with VR2 to get the correct cool-down
period with various driving styles.
Note that any change with VR2 will
not come into effect until the Turbo
Timer is switched off and on again.
When the unit is correctly adjusted,
there should be no cool-down period
if the turbocharger has not been used
(ie, with normal driving). Cool-down
should also not occur if several minutes have elapsed since the turbocharger was last used. Conversely, the
cool-down timer should operate after
SC
hard driving.
siliconchip.com.au
Remote Controlled
Mini Helicopter
The twin
rotor design
of this
chopper
makes it
very easy
SAVE
to fly and
$10
very stable.
The infrared remote unit has a range of about 15
metres and has throttle, rudder and stability trim
controls. It recharges in about 10 minutes from the
remote unit, giving about 8 minutes of flying time.
• Requires 6 x AA batteries (not included)
• Remote: 130(L) x 120(W) x 45(D)mm
Cat. GT-3215
• Helicopter: 170mm long, weight 10g
$39.95
• Suitable for ages 8+ Was $49.95
Mini RC Aeroplane 27MHz
Made of hard styrene, this remote control
plane is almost indestructible. It is small enough for
indoor use or it can whiz around the backyard. Flying
time is around 8 minutes per charge.
• Wingspan
260mm
• Twin
engines
Was $49.95
Cat. GT-3218
$39.95
SAVE
$10
New Party Speakers
12" 200WRMS Party Speaker
This speaker provides good
performance in difficult locations
such as backyards, tents, party
rooms or halls etc.
Cat. CS-2514
Power handling:
$199
200WRMS <at> 8 ohms.
• Size approx 650(H) x
370(W) x 450(D)mm
NEW
CONTEMPORARY
12" Foldback
LOOK!
Speaker
Rated at 300WRMS this wide
range speaker is ideally suited
for use as a foldback speaker
on stage or as reinforcement
in an existing system.
• Enclosure Size: 650(W) x Cat. CS-2516
330(H) x 440(D)mm
$129.95
12" Subwoofer
High performance subwoofer.
Finished in leather carpet, the
cabinet houses a 12" 4 ohm
sub-woofer rated at 300WRMS.
• Enclosure Size:
Cat. CS-2518
480(W) x 580(H)
$169.95
x 440(D)mm
FOR INFORMATION AND ORDERING
TELEPHONE> 1800 022 888
Active Matrix TFT Security Monitors
NAS Device with Built-in
BitTorrent Client
Everything you would
expect from a
modern network
attached storage
device and more!
Includes a built-in
BitTorrent client that
can be used to download and share
files over the BitTorrent network
without the need to have your
computer turned on.
• Full specifications on our website.
Cat. XC-4677
$199
New Kit
These rugged, high performance TFT monitors are
purpose-built for security applications and include a
toughened front bezel to protect the TFT panel from
damage. They can display up to the maximum
resolution defined by CCIR standards (720 x 576 /
525 x 625TV Lines) via the incorporated I/P
(interlaced to progressive scan) converter. See
website for full specs.
Two models available:
QM-3419 17" Version
QM-3420 19" Version
Cat. QM-3419
$499
Subwoofer Controller Kit
Refer Silicon Chip August 2007
Adding a
subwoofer
to your
home
theatre
or hi fi system is
the easiest way to extend its bass
response. Using this kit to control your external
speaker and sub-amplifier can give you loads of
bass without taking up much space. The kit has
all the features you could want, including low and
high pass filters, parametric equaliser and
auto-turn on for external equipment. The
controller is 12 volt DC powered and can also be
used in automotive applications.
Cat. KC-5452
Kit supplied with silk screened
$99.95
PCB, and processed panels.
Speaker Protector Kit MKIII
Refer: Silicon Chip July 2007
The primary function of this versatile
project is to protect your
expensive speakers
against damage
in the
event of
catastrophic
amplifier
failure such as
a shorted
output transistor.
In addition, the
circuit also
banishes those annoying thumps that occur when
many amplifiers are switched on or off, especially
when the volume is set to a high level. The
design also incorporates an optional over
temperature heat-sensor that will disconnect the
speakers if the output stage gets too hot.
Configurable for supply voltages between
22VDC - 70VDC. Supplied with a
Cat. KC-5450
silk screened PCB, relay and all
$29.95
electronic components.
Better. More Technical
INTERNET> www.jaycar.com.au
Toughened
Glass Protected
Screen
Cat. QM-3420
$599
New Wireless Weather Stations
Wireless Weather Station
with Colour Display and
Projection Clock
This LCD desktop
weather station has an
alarm clock that will
project the time onto the
wall or ceiling. The display
is rotatable and it has an in-built blue Cat. XC-0340
night light. The weather station
$99.95
receives data from the supplied
outdoor transmitter and features a coloured LCD
that shows the date received e.g. barometric
pressure, weather trend and temperature.
Wireless Colour LCD
Weather Station
Wireless outdoor temperature
and hygrometer sensors transmit
data to the LCD receiver, which displays
temperature, humidity, heat Index and dew
point levels, the time, barometric pressure
with comfort index and forecasts the weather
through 5 weather icons. Outdoor
Cat. XC-0342
sensors require AAA batteries (not
$149.95
incl). Plugpack for main unit incl.
1
Pan Tilt Day/Night Vision Camera
System with Hand Held Monitor
Is small enough to be carried and features audio, and
an AV output for interface with a recording device. The
380TVL camera has an operating range of 100m (lineof-sight) and up to 5 metres night vision capability.
Mains plugpacks are provided for both the camera and
monitor.
• Monitor size: 68(W) x 130(H) x 26.5(D)mm
• Approx. Pan/Tilt camera size: 105(W)x120(H)x
110(D)mm
Cat. QC-3279
Remotely
pan/tilt the camera
from the hand-held
monitor
$399
DVR Camera Kit with Colour Dome
and IP56 Camera
The DVR is fitted with a 250GB hard drive, can
accommodate up to 4 cameras with power derived
from the DVR and will allow you to record and view
up to 4 cameras simultaneously. Package includes
the DVR with a dome and outdoor IR camera with
bracket, mounting hardware, power supply, 14m
camera connect cable, software, USB
interface lead & user manual.
Was $999
Cat. QV-3085
SAVE
$50
Colour may vary
QC-3086 Additional Colour Weatherproof IR
Camera Was $199, Now $159, Save $40
QC-3087 Additional Colour Mini Dome
Camera Was $149, Now $119, Save $30
AV-GAD 5 Zone Alarm Package
AV-GAD's known reliability and advanced technology
make this system sought after by commercial and
domestic installers. This 5 zone alarm is ideal for a
complete advanced home security system and has
everything to do it yourself. It has a built-in dialer for
remote alarm notification and includes the panel,
keypad, 2 x PIRs, glass break sensor, 2 x reed
switches, backup battery, mains power supply,
internal siren, strobe light, external siren with cover,
warning stickers, 100m roll of alarm cable and 30m
roll of figure 8 cable.
Cat. LA-5484
$599
s
version
8 Zone vailable
also a 8 $999
LA-548
Small in size (only 72mm diameter)
this tiny camera is excellent value
for money and has specifications
comparable to some of our higher
Cat. QC-3291
priced dome cameras. It features a
$69
1/4" Sharp CCD sensor and 350 TV
line resolution
See our full range
• 72(dia) x 52(H)mm
of Dome Cameras
In-store
Vandal Resistant
Colour CCD
Economy Car Alarm
Mini Colour CCD
SENSOR
SENSOR
This 520 TV line camera is made of
extremely durable materials and
will survive impacts that would
destroy other cameras. Features a
Sony HAD CCD sensor, 3 axis
movement (pan 180°, tilt 180° and
rotate 170°) & operates from
12VDC. • 93(dia) x 69(H)mm
Cat. QC-3290
$299
Learning Car Alarm Remote Key Fob
It will learn up to 4 different
codes and make your life a little
easier by letting you
control all your alarms
with just one fob.
• Frequency: 250mHz
to 450mHz
• Not suitable for code hopping alarms
Cat. LA-8992
$39.95
Plugs into a 240V power point and will send
audio signals to another room.
Additional
units can be
added to the
system to
provide a
multi-point
intercom
Cat. AI-5500
system.
$74.95
• FM wireless transmission
• Sold as a pair
Commercial
Grade Doorway
Beam
Transmits an
invisible
beam of
infrared
light across
the doorway
onto a prismatic reflector
mounted on the opposite side. Designed to be used
in genuine commercial environments.
Cat. LA-5193
• Transmitter/Receiver size
117(H) x 45(W) x 78(D)mm
$89.95
• Effective range 2 - 8 metres
Mini XENON Strobe Lights
$24.50
Better. More Technical
An economy alarm that has many of the
advanced features you would normally only
expect to find on more
expensive systems.
Fantastic value.
Includes
• Electronic black
box controller
• Shock sensor
• Ignition cut-out relay
Cat. LA-9000
• Wiring looms
Remote Controlled
Central Locking System
These strobes are weatherproof and rustproof. They
operate on 12VDC <at> 180mA and are
ideal for mounting on siren covers.
Size: 70(Dia) x 30(H)mm
• Three colours available:
Blue: Cat. LA-5302
Red:
Cat. LA-5303
Each Model
Amber: Cat. LA-5304
2
Four Zone Wireless Alarm System
The system is simple to install and the alarm panel
will detect and 'learn' which sensors have been
installed. The control unit also monitors the system
status and sensor battery condition to ensure
system reliability. Includes control panel with
keypad, a passive IR motion
sensor, and a reed
Cat. LA-5134
switch sensor for
$99.95
door or window
protection.
• Batteries and
plugpack
included
2 Station Wireless FM Intercom
$949
Includ
250GB Hes
DD
Dome Cameras
$89
Unlock your car doors as you approach. This system
is easy to install and comes
complete with wiring loom,
two remote keyfobs and
is backed
with a 12
month
warranty.
Cat. LR-8839
$59.95
Wireless
Surveillence Solutions
2.4GHz Colour Mini
Wireless Camera Kit
The camera transmits audio and video up to
100m (line of sight) to the receiver. It can be
powered by a plugpack or by its in-built
rechargeable battery, and has 4 transmission
channels to minimise interference. The receiver
has composite video out and is powered by the
supplied plugpack. Kit includes camera with
bracket, power supplies, AV lead & receiver unit.
• Camera size 67(L) x 22(W)mm
• Receiver unit size 78(L) x 68(W) x 16(D)mm
Cat. QC-3569
$199
2.4GHz Transmitter for
Video Cameras
This compact transmitter simply
plugs in-line with an ordinary
security camera and turns it into a
wireless unit which can broadcast
on one of four
Cat. QC-3594
standard channels.
$69.95
FOR INFORMATION AND ORDERING
TELEPHONE> 1800 022 888
INTERNET> www.jaycar.com.au
DJ Dual CD Player
This rugged, rack
mountable chassis
features 8 times over
sampling 1 bit D/A
converter, 3 different
scan speeds, pitch display, seamless
loop, 25 second anti-shock, auto locking
CD drawers
Purchase both
Cat. AA-0490
and more!
these product at the
$399
same time for $493.95.
SAVE $55
5-Input Mains
Powered Stereo DJ Mixer
This stereo mixer features a removable cross-fade
slide control, LED VU meters, dedicated gain
controls for each channel (including the master
output) and cue level with mixing controls. A talk
over function is also included and
the channel to be cued can be
selected with a
Cat. AM-4210
centrally located
$149.95
rotary switch.
ABS Roadie's Case
A sturdy case to take all the
bits and pieces musos and
roadies take to gigs. It
has ample room for
leads, manuals, tools,
spare strings etc, and is
foam lined to provide
protection for spare valves. Solid pintle
Cat. HB-6379
hinges and cam closures.
• Dimensions: 520(L) x 428(W) x
$69.95
200(D)mm
Electronic Media
Players
10" Electronic Photo Frames
Display your digital photos or videos in various
ways from landscape to thumbnails. You can even
select and play a sound track. The files can be
loaded via CF, MS, SD, MMC, SM, XD memory
cards or via a USB cable (available separately). You
can control the display for individual images, a
slide show or thumbnails with the remote or with
the built-in keys.
Cat. Each
Two types available:
$299
QM-3768 Black Acrylic
QM-3769 White Acrylic
SAVE
Was $399ea
7" Photo Frame
also available.
Cat. QM-3765
Was $179
NOW $149
SAVE $30
$100ea
BONUS
1GB card with
every frame.
Value $44
MPEG-4 Media Player with Remote
Keep a large library of movies, music, photos on
this device and play back on your PC or TV for days
of entertainment. Boasting composite,
S-Video component and RGB video
output with stereo and digital (SPDIF)
audio output, it is compatible with
almost any home theatre system.
With space for up to 500GB of hard
drive storage (not supplied) and a slim
line remote with full functions.
• Power supply, 1m USB lead,
1.5m AV lead & stand included. Cat. XC-4866
$199
Stereo Pro-Swivel
Headphones
These great looking pro-style
headphones are ideal for DJs and
other professionals. They feature an
in-line volume control and unique
swivel ear cups.
Cat. AA-2053
• Supplied with a 6.5 to 3.5mm
$29.95
adaptor
900 MHz UHF Wireless
Surround Sound Stereo
Headphones
Play DVDs, VCDs, CDs, you can even use files off
an SD card or other media via the mini USB port.
The MOSFET amplifier stage is rated for 45WRMS
per channel. It also has a sub-woofer output,
composite video and line level audio outputs.
• Supports DVD, CD, VCD, SD, USB
• Full function remote control included
• Dimensions: 182(W) x
Cat. QM-3785
169(D) x 53(H)mm
$249.95
These wireless
headphones feature a
simulated surround-sound function, 3
automatic channels and PLL tuning for
stability. Supplied with a 2m 3.5mm
lead and stereo RCA adaptor.
• Plugpack/charger included
Cat. AA-2070
• Headphones require 2 x AA batteries
$89.95
(included)
Wireless Microphone
UHF Dual Channel
This
Includes
wireless
Two
mic system Microphones
features
two separate
channels, one for each mic.
Output is either via separate balanced XLR sockets,
one for each channel, or via an unbalanced line with
the two channels mixed. The system includes 2
microphones & batteries, receiver unit, Cat. AM-4078
14VDC plugpack and 1 metre 6.5mm
$199
mono plug to 6.5mm mono plug lead.
Bring that Retro
Vibe Home
1950s Style CD Player AM/FM Radio
This unit features a top load remote controlled CD
player and analogue AM/FM radio. It also has
built-in stereo speakers and headphone jack
housed in a retro styled cabinet. Remote
unit only operates the CD player
functions and requires 2 x AAA
batteries (not included).
• Dimensions: 310(W) x
295(D) x
Cat. GE-4066
145(H)mm
7" LCD In-Car TV/Monitor
Featuring a motorised 7" TFT LCD screen, this unit
fits into a standard automotive DIN opening and in
addition to the TV function, it takes two extra video
inputs and an input for a reversing
camera. It also has composite video
and audio output.
• Full function
remote control
included
Cat. QM-3782
$299
Party Gadgets
Moondot Revolving Disco Light
Liven up any party with this funky light display.
Featuring 18 high brightness red, green and blue
LEDs that rotate, change colours and direction in
response to music being played. Mains powered.
• Measures 200 (L) x153(W) x 94(H)mm
$89.95
1950s Style CD Player & Turntable
Modern features with classic
styling from the 50s, combining a
turntable, AM/FM radio and CD
player. The turntable has 33 and 45
RPM speeds and is automatic. The
CD player has all the features
you'd expect including repeat
and memory functions, and
will also play
Cat. GE-4068
MP3 formats.
$149.95
Retro Inspired Dynamic Microphone
It has a smooth, wide frequency
response making it ideal for vocalists.
Featuring a neodymium magnet, its body is
made from heavy-duty polished diecast
aluminium and includes a foam-lined carry
case.
Cat. AM-4091
• 178(L) x 70(Dia)mm
FOR INFORMATION AND ORDERING
TELEPHONE> 1800 022 888
In-Car Multimedia Player
with Detachable Face
INTERNET> www.jaycar.com.au
Cat. SL-2898
$99.95
Three Colour Laser Light Show
Our top of the line laser show, suitable for stage
and production use. With 500 effect patterns, 10
line modes, and 3 colours, the possibilities are
endless. It can be used in auto or music mode
and multiple units may be linked together. Output
power: Red: 30 - 150mW
Cat. SL-2939
Green: 5 - 30mW
$349.95
• 245(L) x 297(W) x
127(H)mm
$79.95
Better. More Technical
3
OBD II LCD Scan Tool
If you have a late model car, it will
probably have an OBD (On-Board
Diagnostics) connector. If it was
manufactured after 1996, it will
support the OBD II protocols. This
OBD II Scan Tool supports the
CAN (Controller Area Network)
protocol and can be used to
Can be
diagnose prior to repair and to
used to check the
verify a repair after service.
VIN number on
Cat. QP-2294
late model cars!
$129
2 Channel USB Oscilloscope
A genuinely affordable computer
connect oscilloscope. Using the
Plug 'n Play USB technology and
providing full optical
isolation from the
computer, this
oscilloscope is easy
to setup and use, as
well as providing protection for
the computer. The software (again
developed in Europe) is a fully featured chart
recorder, function generator, logic
Cat. QC-1930
generator, logic analyser, and spectrum
$299
analyser all in one easy to use package.
• See website for specifications.
Rear View Mirror TFT
Monitor with Camera
Rapid Ni-Cd/Ni-MH Battery Charger
Head Torches
They will recharge 1 to 4 pieces of AA or AAA
batteries in one hour. They feature 4 independent
channels with a LED display for fast, trickle charge
status and for bad cell detection.
Cat. MB-3537
• Supplied with both mains and car
chargers
$39.95
Two models available
MB-3537 Battery Charger Only
Was $59.95
Economy Head Torch
With a total of 12 LEDs and 4
lighting modes it is light,
compact, very efficient on
batteries and comes with a
fully adjustable head strap. Cat. ST-3286
• Batteries not
$9.95
included
SAVE
$20
MB-3536 Battery Charger
with 4 x 2,400mAh Ni-MH
batteries
Was $69.95
6 LED Super Bright
Waterproof Head
Torch
A head torch for the
adventurous type! With
flashing mode to attract
attention in an emergency,
you'll never get lost wearing
this 6 super bright LED head torch.
• Requires 3 x AAA batteries (not
included)
Cat. ST-3282
$39.95
Multi-functional
Rechargeable HID Torch
Utilising the same technology found in
luxury European car
headlights. This unit serves
as a hand or head-lamp
and will run continuously
for over 115mins on a
single charge. It is water
resistant, and is supplied
with mains & car chargers.
• Torch size 80(L) x
Cat. ST-3366
50(dia)mm
Digital Tyre Pressure Gauge
7" LCD Roof Mount Monitor
with Media Player
Ultrasonic
Cleaner
Cat. QM-3764
$249
38 Channel 1.5 W UHF Pocket
Transceiver
SAVE
This high-quality light-weight UHF
$20
transceiver is ideal for use in many
professional and leisure activities. Up to
8km working range with a
hi/lo setting to conserve
r
ou
e
Se
power.
of
e
Was $79
full rang
CB Radios
In-store
4
Cat. DC-1040
$59
Simply press this unit onto your
vehicle’s tyre valve and it will display
the tyre pressure.Integrated torch
with keychain attachment
• Resolution: 0.1 PSI
• Battery included
Its luminance is 2 to 3 times stronger and the LED lamp
uses one-eighth to one-tenth of power as traditional
light bulbs and can continuously light up for over 10,000
hours. Easy to follow installation instructions are
included.
Cat. ZD-0485
$29.95
Motorcycle Headset
for UHF CB Radios
Cat. GG-2310
$19.95
Super Strong
Horseshoe Magnet
Better. More Technical
Greatly increases battery life and will require
no globes to replace. Add the IQ switch and have 5
light modes: high, medium and
low power, slow and fast
strobe as well as automatic
shut-off after 14.5 minutes.
ST-3403 LED Upgrade
$29.95
ST-3404 LED Upgrade with IQ Switch
$39.95
Automotive Interior LED Upgrade Kit
It's massive 100W
transducer produces
millions of
microscopic
bubbles that are
small enough to
penetrate the most
microscopic of crevices, cleaning them thoroughly.
Use this cleaner for automotive injectors, jewellery,
glasses, circuit boards and more! The unit
features a large LED display with real
SAVE
time countdown. You can also set the
$20
cleaning time in 5 minute increments.
• Tank dimensions: 265(L) x 160(W) x
Cat. YH-5410
100(H)mm
Was $299
$279
Made from super-strong
ceramic magnets, they have
a lift capacity of 85kgs and
are coated for corrosion
resistance. A must
have for boating but has
thousands of other applications.
$49.95
Motorbike Gadgets
A complete rear-view safety package
including a TFT monitor and a flush mount simple to
install colour camera. It has adjustable spring-loaded
brackets to fit different sized rear vision mirrors and
includes a slimline remote control. Composite video
input. Includes 5 metre video/power cable.
• 7" screen
Cat. QM-3762
• Simply clips over your sun visor or
$299
rear vision
This flip-down, roof
mounted colour TFT
monitor is perfect for rear
seat passenger
entertainment. Its built in
media player supports most
memory cards and will play
MP3, MP4, AVI, WMA files. It
transmits the stereo sound
with the built-in FM transmitter.
External inputs are also available.
• Overall size (folded): 280(W) x
200(D) x 34(H)mm Was $299
Cat. MB-3536
1W Luxeon LED Upgrade Kits
for AA Mini Maglites®
$399
SAVE
$50
SAVE
$20
Cat. LM-1654
$39.95
Designed to fit into
a full-face helmet
with the included
self-adhesive Velcro
mounts, it can be
easily removed
when not in use.
Add a second set
and use it as a bike to bike or rider to pillion
intercom. Handlebar-mounted push-to-talk button
included.Compatible with the following UHF CBs:
DC-1025, DC-1028, DC-1040, DC-1045 &
DC-1060.
Cat. DC-1037
• Headset cable length: 1.6m
$99
• PTT button cable length: 1.3m
Wireless Brake Light
for Motorcycle Helmets
Built into a lightweight, flexible strip that
attaches to the back of your helmet with strong
double-sided tape, the light incorporates six high
intensity red LEDs and is triggered by a tiny
wireless transmitter wired to the brake light on
the bike. Can be removed when
necessary without damage.
Cat. ST-3186
Batteries included.
$49.95
• 195(W) x 30(H) x 15(D)mm
FOR INFORMATION AND ORDERING
TELEPHONE> 1800 022 888
INTERNET> www.jaycar.com.au
Ready Aim Fire!
Defend your desk against the Axis of Evil.
We have three different models so you can
use the WMD of choice in your local conflict.
Forget pathetic emails wars, have a proper
battle. All three units have full pan tilt control
and come with 3 missiles.
The USB Launcher MKII
Full directional movement with an
airburst launching system. It has
a camouflage finish and
requires no batteries.
• Stands 120mm high
• Replacement
Fires up to
missiles pkt 3
7 metres
GE-4075 $3.95
The ultimate battery powered portable
work light available. It features an
adjustable head that can be pointed up
or down to direct the light where you
want it. Every home and car should have
one of these beauties.
Cat. ST-3126
• Mains and car chargers included
• Size 100(W) x 300(H) x 120(D)mm $49.95
Stainless Steel Flexible BBQ Lamp
Cat. GE-4074
$59.95
The Original USB
Launcher
Spring loaded launching system
with 3 missiles included. USB
operated, it has sound effects
and requires 3 x AA batteries
(not included). Stands 150mm
high.
• Replacement missiles pkt 3
GE-4073 $6.95
Cat. GE-4072
$49.95
Desktop Missile
Launcher
No software of computer
connection required
with this unit, just
insert the
Cat. GE-4082
batteries and
fire at will.
$29.95
Stands 170mm high.
• Replacement missiles pkt 3 GE-4083 $6.95
4 in 1 Screwdriver Set
Cat. TH-1909
This small tool has 4 different screw
heads and is the
size of a
normal pen
which makes it a
versatile and valuable
addition to your tool set.
Car Keyring Torch with
Blue Twin LEDs
63 LED Work Light
with Tripod Stand
$2.95
Cat. ST-3196
A car-shaped keyring
fob with three
detachable key rings for
valet parking and a built in
super-bright LED torch.
• Batteries included
• Measures 48mm long.
3.6V Cordless Driver Drill
with Charging Cradle
$9.95
This outdoor light is made from rust-resistant
stainless steel and is battery powered.
It is fitted with
25mm clamping
jaws and
480mm gooseneck so that it can
be attached to whatever is
handy, be it table, fence or BBQ. Cat. SL-2806
• Runs on 4 x AA batteries,
$29.95
available separately
Breakdown & Emergency
Road Flasher
Simply place them on the ground to warn other
motorists and guide them around a problem. The
lights have three bright LEDs that can be Cat. ST-3185
easily seen from a distance. They are
$9.95
made from tough plastic and have
two lighting options, steady
and flashing.
• Batteries not incl.
• Size: 90(dia) x 25(H)mm
29 Piece
Tool Kit
with Case
and Torch
Every DIY guy
should have at
least one of
these in easy
Cat. TD-2066
reach. The kit
includes a ratchet driver handle,
$29.95
extension bar, nut drives, side cutters,
knife, screwdriver and torch.
See website for full tool list.
Piezo Ignition Butane Gas Torch
Ideal for brazing, silver soldering,
jewellery work, heat shrinking, and a
whole lot more. It has a 1300°C adjustable
flame and includes a stand.
• Dimensions 150(H), base 69 x 69mm
Cat. TS-1660
$39.95
This driver has forward and reverse with
a 1/4" hex bit holder instead of a
conventional chuck for quick bit
changes. It also has a quality 3.6V
lithium-ion battery, a desktop charger,
charge status LEDs and
includes 5 bits: 5mm flat, #2
Phillips, 2, 2.5 & 3mm twist
drills plus a general-purpose
1/4" hex bit holder.
• Speed: 150 RPM
4.8V pistol
• Size: 140 x 140mm
grip cordless screwdriver
Cat. TD-2494
with plugpack also
available
$49.95
TD-2498 $19.95
44 Piece 12 Volt Grinder Kit
Attachments include a 6-piece diamond burr set,
various shaped grinding stones, a sanding drum set,
buffing wheels, etc. and is housed in an attractive
aluminium case with a transparent
cover. The drill is 12VDC
See all our Drills
in our latest
operated and is fitted with a
Catalogue
1.2m cord that is terminated
with a DC power plug. A
240VAC mains adaptor
is included.
Was $34.95
Cat. TD-2450
$29.95
SAVE
$5
FOR INFORMATION AND ORDERING
TELEPHONE> 1800 022 888
INTERNET> www.jaycar.com.au
Super Pro Gas
Soldering Tool Kit
SAVE
$10
It features an
adjustable tip
temperature up to
580°C and ignition is
achieved by the
internal piezo crystal
mechanism. Run-time is around 2 hours on a 30
second refill. The protective end cap also acts as a
safety gas shut off when replaced. The kit
includes a quality storage case, cleaning sponge
and tray, 2.4mm double flat tip, 4.8mm double flat
tip, hot knife tip and a hot air deflector. Cat. TS-1328
• Replacement tips available
$129
Was $139.00
46W
Soldering Pencil
This soldering iron offers exceptional heat
recovery. With its high insulation and low current
leakage, soldering of precision flat ICs and CMOS
is a breeze.
Cat. TS-1430
$59.95
Hand-Held Signal Generator
This hand-held unit
generates sine or
square waves from
20Hz to 150kHz at up to 8V peak to
peak. It also has a -20dB
attenuation switch, adjustable
amplitude and a 1.2V sync output
for oscilloscope or frequency
counter. Requires
Cat. QT-2302
9V battery
(not included).
$99.95
Test & Measure
Autoranging DMM
An excellent, accurate meter that is
Cat II rated. It features diode,
frequency and capacitance test, duty
cycle, continuity, relative
measurement and
Cat. QM-1535
includes battery,
probes and holster.
$29.95
Compact Digital Sound Level Meter
Featuring a wide dynamic range from 30
to 130dB, it can measure both A and C
weightings and can have fast or
slow responses to get an 'ambient'
reading or a short noise. Includes data
hold, min/max function, as well as a tripod
mount for prolonged use. Great for car
audio installers, clubs and PA. Supplied
with carry case and wind sock.
• Power: 9V battery (included) Cat. QM-1589
• Dimensions: 210(H) x 55(W)
$99.95
x 32(D)mm
Low Cost DMM
This full featured Digital Multimeter is
perfect for the home handyman or
young experimenter and will give
years of reliable service. It features a
huge 10A DC current range as well as
diode and transistor testing functions.
Also measures AC &
Cat. QM-1500
DC volts and
$7.95
resistance.
Better. More Technical
5
Cigarette Lighter with Retractable
Extension Cord
A three metre extension cord
with a rugged housing to keep
the cord tidy and
Cat. PP-1990
free from damage.
Idea for 4WD use. $14.95
12V Powertech Polycrystalline
Solar Panels
New iPod Video
Replacement Batteries
®
12V Cigarette Lighter
Extension 2m Curly Cord
Wired plug to socket and
suitable for 12VDC low
voltage device. 2 metres
long when fully extended.
We stock replacement
batteries for all iPods®,
see instore
Cat. PP-1991
$4.95
Rugged 16 Amp 12 Volt
Car Battery Charger
This fully automatic, switchmode, car battery charger
utilises a four stage rapid charge design to optimise
the life and performance of your car or GEL battery.
Includes a top mounted carry
handle and cable
storage for the
battery leads and
clamps.
• Dimensions:
270(W) x 220(H) x
120(D)mm
Cat. MB-3620
iPod® rechargeable batteries
locked inside only have
a fairly limited number
of charge/discharge
cycles. Once the battery starts to fail
the iPod® performance falls off quickly. These
replacement batteries come with special tools and
instructions to safely open and reseal your iPod®.
Suits iPod® Nano: SB-2580
2GB
$24.95
Suits iPod® Video: SB-2575
30GB
$24.95
Suits iPod® Video: SB-2577
30GB
$29.95
Solar Charger & Power Bank
Charge your phone, MP3 player and
other digital devices wherever you are.
Charge by the sun, USB port or mains
power. Depending on your method,
charging will be ready in less than 12 hrs.
• Li-ion rechargeable battery incl.
• Output voltage/current 5.5V/500mA
• Suits most phone types Motorola,
Nokia, Samsung, Sony Ericsson,
Siemens
Cat. MB-3588
• Folded size: 120(L) x
$69.95
17(W) x 62(H)mm
150W Inverter with USB Outlet
$169
SLA Batteries
SLA Deep-Cycle Gel Batteries
They can be operated and charged in any
position, are leak-proof and completely sealed.
Ideal for solar power, camping, 4WD and auxilliary
applications.
Two types available:
SB-1696 2V 200Ah
• Weighs: 14.5kg
• Size: 170(W) x
110(D) x 362(H)mm
(with terminal cover) SB-1696
SB-1698 12V 26Ah Cat. SB-1696
• Weighs: 8.5kg
$269
• Size: 165(W) x
172(D) x 110(H)mm
6
Ah
1.3
2.2
4
7
18
1.3
4
12
Comprehensive coverage of
photovoltaic devices. It includes
the characteristics of sunlight,
the detailed operation of solar
cells and specific purpose
photovoltaic applications. Quite
technical and detailed. Soft
cover, 313 pages with
illustrations.
SB-1698
Cat. SB-1698
$99.95
Not stocked in all
stores. Call first
or order online.
Price
$16.95
$23.95
$28.95
$19.95
$44.95
$9.95
$12.95
$19.95
Home Theatre Powerboard
Surge protection and
filtering are
provided for the
mains power to all
your equipment and
further protection is
provided by the
in-built circuit breaker. This powerboard Cat. MS-4024
also has telephone protection, data
$59.95
protection for a network connection,
satellite/cable TV video protection, and protection
for TV aerials.
Solar Power System
with Lights
The kit includes a 5W solar
panel, 7Ah SLA Battery and
2 x 12V 5W Energy saving
fluorescent lights. The
battery is housed in a sturdy
metal enclosure with DC
Get a basic
sockets for all the connections, and
solar setup off
4 outlets to power your lights and
the ground
other devices. The battery can also
be recharged from the mains with an
optional SLA charger. See website or Cat. MP-4551
our catalogue for details.
Better. More Technical
This compact inverter plugs directly into your
vehicle's cigarette lighter socket. This 150W
modified sinewave inverter comes complete with a
USB port to charge or power
your MP3 player or other
USB
Cat. MI-5125
operated
$79.95
devices.
Pure Sinewave Inverters
$49.95
They feature leak-proof
construction and can
be used and charged
in any position. The
are also capable of
operation in a wide
temperature range
and are designed not to
discharge hydrogen into the atmosphere.
Volts
12
12
12
12
12
6
6
6
Applied Photovoltaics 2nd Edition
Cat. BE-1533
Sealed lead Acid Batteries
Cat.
SB-2480
SB-2482
SB-2484
SB-2486
SB-2490
SB-2495
SB-2496
SB-2497
2 year
manufacturer
warranty and
a 20 year
warranty on
efficiency!
They feature tempered glass protection to
ensure they are not easily damaged in the
harsh environment which solar panels exist in.
Each solar panel has an integrated waterproof
junction box with cable glands, cooling fans and
strong aluminium cases.
Cat
Watts
Price
ZM-9071
5
$99.95
ZM-9073
10
$149
ZM-9074
20
$239
ZM-9076
65
$549
ZM-9078
80
$699
ZM-9079
120
$1050
A great new range of pure sinewave inverters
at breakthrough prices.
They have 100% short-term surge
capacity, heavy duty screw down
terminals, temperature controlled
cooling fans, and a strong aluminium case.
Cat.
MI-5153
MI-5155
MI-5157
MI-5159
Volts
12VDC to 230VAC
12VDC to 230VAC
12VDC to 230VAC
24VDC to 230VAC
Watts
300
600
1,000
1,500
Price
$199
$349
$449
$799
Price gh
rou
a
e
Br kth
$179
FOR INFORMATION AND ORDERING
TELEPHONE> 1800 022 888
INTERNET> www.jaycar.com.au
Desktop Companions
USB Exercise Bike
Mouse with LCD
Word Counter
This hard working mouse
will pedal one revolution and
increment the counter each
time you type a word on
your keyboard. Loads of
fun and great for essay
writing, articles and
projects etc.
Cat. GE-4086
• 140mm high
$24.95
Presentations Without a Computer!
eFlash allows you to present common Microsoft
Office applications without the need for a computer.
It connects easily and intuitively to a projector or TV
with simple cable connections and is operated by the
included remote control with integrated laser pointer.
Store your presentations on a
memory card and leave the
computer at the
office. An
essential for
corporate
trainers and
teachers.
Cat. XC-5405
$199
USB Pole Dancer
Powered from a USB port, she
launches into her routine anytime
she hears music playing. She also
has a 30 second demo track and
LED coloured light show.
SAVE
• Dimensions: 150(dia) x
$ 10
275(H)mm
Cat. GE-4078
Was $49.95
8 Port 10/100 N-Way Switch
Web Camera
24 CD Case
Expand your connections! Network your computers
or share your ADSL connection, and avoid hassles
with file sharing and internet access.
Operates up to
10 / 100 mbps.
Cat. YN-8084
$39.95
$49.95
This eyeball web-cam is perfect for desktop
video conferencing at home or in the office. The
camera uses a VGA colour CMOS
sensor with auto exposure and
white balance to ensure the best
picture under varying light
conditions. Comes with software
and connects via your
computer's USB port.
• Up to 1024 x 768
Cat. QC-3221
resolution
$39.95
• 55° Field of view
Mini 4 Port HUB USB 2.0
This unit will allow
up to 4 USB
peripherals to
be utilised
without the
loss of speed. It is
plug and play with
auto-detection and safe
removal from your USB port.
• USB interface lead included
• Size: 83(W) x 16(H) x 32(D)mm
$5.95
This book discusses all five versions of
Windows Vista and guides you through
installation, setup and trouble shooting.
• Includes practical tips & hints
Cat. BB-7105
• soft cover 364 pages 197 x 130
$29.95
Upgrading to and Troubleshooting
Windows Vista
Written to help non-expert computer
users upgrade to Windows Vista quickly
and easily & easily. The book is an
invaluable tool for all Vista PC users
• Soft cover 320 pages Cat. BB-7107
197 x 130mm
$29.95
Using Microsoft Windows
Vista Media Centre
Microsoft Windows Vista Media Center
is the latest and most powerful version
of Media Center technology from
Microsoft. It is designed to be the
heart of the modern home
entertainment system. Cat. BB-7109
• Soft cover 384 pages
$29.95
197 x 130mm
USB Keyboard Video Monitor
(KVM) Switches
60 CD Storage Case
KVM switches allow you to connect multiple
computers to one keyboard, mouse, and monitor.
You can then select between computers using
keyboard hotkeys or push buttons.
2 Port YN-8091
4 Port YN-8092
A durable storage solution.
Each sleeve holds 4 discs
with a protective divider. The
case has a tasteful silver
finish with a pin hinge, clasp
closure and a carrying
handle.
• Size: 280(L) x 185(W)
x 52(H)mm
$12.95
Cat. YN-8092
LCD Screen Cleaning Kit
Cat. xc-4864
$19.95
Was $99.95
Cat. XC-0255
$84.95
SAVE
$15
The unique triangular design
means you can get
into the corners for a
complete clean. The
soft micro fibre pad
removes dust, lint,
oil and finger marks from
LCD, plasma and CRT
screens. 60ml fluid and
antistatic brush included.
$139
Cat. AR-1419
$24.95
They have a 12 to 13.8V input voltage,
feature a recessed voltage selector to
eliminate accidental changes to the
selected voltage, high efficiency,
low power consumption, LED
power indicator and are
supplied with 7 output
connectors for all major laptop brands
(see website or in-store for listing).
• Terminates to a fused 10 amp automotive cigarette
lighter socket
Cat. MP-3463
MP-3463: 15/16/18/19/20/
$34.95
22/24VDC <at> 3.5amps
MP-3467: 15/16/18/19/20VDC
Cat. MP-3467
<at> 6 amps
$47.95
22/24VDC <at> 5 amps
INTERNET> www.jaycar.com.au
Cat. YN-8091
$89
Multi-Network Cable Tester
with Pin out Indicator
12V Notebook Power Supplies
FOR INFORMATION AND ORDERING
TELEPHONE> 1800 022 888
Microsoft Windows Vista
An Ultimate Guide
Cat. AR-1498
Digital Voice Recorder
4/8 Hrs with USB
Packed with features
to suit students,
real estate agents,
executives or any
professional. With
USB interface, files
can be uploaded in
no-time. The
recorder will store
up to 8 hours of voice
quality audio in a
compact light,
handheld unit.
• Software and USB
interface lead
supplied
• Requires 2 x AAA
batteries (not included)
Stores 24 CDs in plastic sleeves with
protective dividers. Sturdy and durable,
smoke grey in colour. Cat. AR-1496
New Vista Learning Books
Suitable for use with UTP, STP,
Co-axial and Modular Network
cables, it features two LED
bar-graphs to indicate pin
connection. You can then
quickly see any incorrect
connections.
nge
See our full ra rs
of Network Teste
In-store
Cat. XC-5076
$39.95
600VA Uninterruptible
Power Supply
Protect your valuable computer system
and critical data from black-outs,
brown-outs, and power surges. Battery
back time is 10 minutes which lets you
power down without loss of data! The
UPS is supplied with a 7AH SLA battery,
USB interface cable, and software. See our website
for full specifications.
Cat. MP-5200
• 1000VA UPS also available
MP-5202 $199
$129
Better. More Technical
7
Water Level Indicator Kit MkII
Refer: Silicon Chip July 2007
This simple circuit illuminates a
string of LEDs to quickly
indicate the water
level inside a
rainwater tank.
The more LEDs
that illuminate,
the higher the
water level is inside
the tank. Ten sensors
located in the water
tank and connected to
the indicator unit via light-duty figure-8 cable provide
the input signal. Kit includes PCB with overlay,
machined case with screen-printed lid and all
electronic components.
• Requires: 2.5mm PVC hose/pipe (length required
depending on depth of tank)
Cat. KC-5449
• Requires 12-18V AC or DC
$34.95
plugpack
YOUR LOCAL JAYCAR STORE
Freecall Orders: Ph 1800 022 888
NEW SOUTH WALES
Albury
Ph (02) 6021 6788
Alexandria
Ph (02) 9699 4699
Bankstown
Ph (02) 9709 2822
Blacktown
Ph (02) 9678 9669
Bondi Junction Ph (02) 9369 3899
Brookvale
Ph (02) 9905 4130
Campbelltown Ph (02) 4620 7155
Erina
Ph (02) 4365 3433
Gore Hill
Ph (02) 9439 4799
Hornsby
Ph (02) 9476 6221
Newcastle
Ph (02) 4965 3799
Parramatta
Ph (02) 9683 3377
Penrith
Ph (02) 4721 8337
Silverwater
Ph (02) 9741 8557
Sydney City
Ph (02) 9267 1614
Taren Point
Ph (02) 9531 7033
Tweed Heads Ph (07) 5524 6566
Wollongong
Ph (02) 4226 7089
VICTORIA
Coburg
Ph (03) 9384 1811
Frankston
Ph (03) 9781 4100
Geelong
Ph (03) 5221 5800
Melbourne
Ph (03) 9663 2030
Ringwood
Ph (03) 9870 9053
Springvale
Ph (03) 9547 1022
Sunshine
Ph (03) 9310 8066
QUEENSLAND
Aspley
Ph (07) 3863 0099
Cairns
Ph (07) 4041 6747
Ipswich
Ph (07) 3282 5800
Mermaid Beach Ph (07) 5526 6722
Townsville
Ph (07) 4772 5022
Underwood
Ph (07) 3841 4888
Woolloongabba Ph (07) 3393 0777
AUSTRALIAN CAPITAL TERRITORY
Belconnen
Ph (02) 6253 5700
Fyshwick
Ph (02) 6239 1801
TASMANIA
Hobart
Ph (03) 6272 9955
SOUTH AUSTRALIA
Adelaide
Ph (08) 8231 7355
Clovelly Park Ph (08) 8276 6901
Gepps Cross
Ph (08) 8262 3200
WESTERN AUSTRALIA
Maddington
Ph (08) 9493 4300
Northbridge
Ph (08) 9328 8252
NORTHERN TERRITORY
Darwin
Ph (08) 8948 4043
NEW ZEALAND
Christchurch Ph (03) 379 1662
Dunedin
Ph (03) 471 7934
Glenfield
Ph (09) 444 4628
Hamilton
Ph (07) 846 0177
Manukau
Ph (09) 263 6241
Newmarket
Ph (09) 377 6421
Wellington
Ph (04) 801 9005
Freecall Orders Ph 0800 452 9227
8
4 Channel Guitar Amplifier Kit
Adaptive Turbo Timer
Refer: Silicon Chip May 2007
Cat. KC-5448
$99
This is an improved version of our
popular guitar mixer kit and has a number of
enhancements that make it even more versatile.
The input sensitivity of each of the four channels
is adjustable from a few millivolts to over 1 volt,
so you plug in a range of input signals from a
microphone to a line level signal from a CD player
etc. A headphone amplifier circuit is also included
for monitoring purposes. A three stage EQ is also
included, making this a very versatile mixer that
will operate from 12 volts. Kit includes PCB with
overlay & all electronic components.
Refer: Silicon Chip August 2007
Ordinary turbo timers with a fixed
time setting don't
adapt to engine
use and can
turn off too early
it the car has
been driven hard,
or run your engine
overtime if the car
has only been
pottering about. This excellent kit overcomes the
problem by constantly monitoring engine load and
adjusting the timer run-time to suit the turbo's cooling
need. Maximum cool down can be adjusted from a
few seconds to 15 minutes and the timer will
automatically work within this range. Indicators show
when the timer is in operation, cooling period, and
sensor level. Kit supplied with silk
Cat. KC-5451
screened PCB and all electronic parts.
$44.95
10A 12VDC Motor Speed Controller
Stereo VU/Peak Meter
Refer: Silicon Chip May 2007
Accurately monitors audio signals to prevent signal clipping and
ensure optimum recording levels. This unit is very responsive &
uses two 16-segment bargraphs to display signal levels and
transients peaks in real time. There are a number of display
options to select, and both the signal threshold and signal-level
calibration for each segment are adjustable. Kit supplied with
PCBs, LCD and all electronic components. Accuracy
within 1dB for signals above -40dB.
• Requires 9V-12VDC power
supply use: MP-3147 $17.95
• Case not included
use HB-6082 $9.95
Refer: Silicon Chip June, 1997
Use this kit for controlling 12V DC motors in cars such as fuel
injection pumps, water/air intercoolers and water injection on
performance cars. You can also use it for headlight dimming and
for running 12V DC motors in 24V vehicles. The kit will
controlloads up to 10 amps, although the addition of an
extra MOSFET transistor will double
that capacity to an amazing 20 amps.
• Kit includes PCB plus all
electronic components to
build the 10A version.
Cat. KC-5225
• Extra MOSFET available
nds Sold
separately, ZT-2450 $7.80
$23.95
Thousa
IR Remote Control Extender Kit MkII
Cat. KC-5447
$69.95
Short form kit. Refer: Silicon Chip October 2006
Case sold separately Operate your DVD player or digital
decoder using its remote control from
another room. It picks up the signal from
High Performance Electronic
the remote control & sends it via a 2-wire
Projects for Cars Book
cable to an infrared LED located close to
There are 16 projects in total, ranging from
the device. This improved model features fast
devices for remapping fuel curves, to
data transfer, capable of transmitting Foxtel digital remote
nitrous fuel mixture controllers, and more!
control signals using the Pace 400 series decoder. Kit
The book includes all instructions,
supplied with case, screen-printed front panel,
component lists, colour pictures, and
Cat. KC-5432
PCB with overlay & all electronic components.
circuit layouts. There are also chapters on
$24.95
• Requires 9 VDC power use
Cat. BS-5080
engine management, advanced systems
MP-3146 $17.95 & 2 wire cable
and DIY modifications. 150 pages!
$19.80
Smart Fuel Mixture Display
This kit features auto dimming for night
driving, emergency lean-out alarm,
and better circuit protection. Another
great feature is the 'dancing' display
which operates when the ECU is
operating in closed loop. Kit supplied with PCB and
all electronic components.
Cat. KC-5374
• Car must be fitted with air flow and EGO
sensors (standard on all EFI systems)
$27.95
for full functionality.
High Range Adjustable Temperature
Switch with LCD
It can be set anywhere up to
1200°C, so it's extremely
versatile. The relay can be used to
trigger an extra thermo fan on an
intercooler or mount a sensor near
your turbo manifold and trigger
Cat. KC-5376
water spray cooling or a simple
$69.95
buzzer to warn of high temperature. Easily dash
mounted the LCD displays the temperature constantly.
Better. More Technical
Programmable High Energy
Ignition System
Refer: Silicon Chip March 2007
Ideal for two & four stroke
engines. This system can be
used to modify the factory
ignition timing or as the basis
for a stand-alone ignition system
with variable ignition timing,
electronic coil control & antiknock sensing.
• Timing retard & advance over a wide range
• Suitable for single coil systems
• Dwell adjustment
Cat. KC-5442
• Optional coil driver
• Single or dual mapping ranges
$89.95
• Max & min RPM adjustment
• Optional knock sensing
• Supplied with PCB & all electronic components
Add KC-5443 Ignition Coil Driver $44.50 & you’ll have a
complete stand-alone ignition system that will trigger from a
range of sources including points. Add the KC-5444 Knock
Sensor for $16.95 and the unit will automatically retard the
ignition timing if knocking is detected.
FOR INFORMATION AND ORDERING
TELEPHONE> 1800 022 888
Prices valid until August 31st 2007
INTERNET> www.jaycar.com.au
Add extra bass to your system with this
Subwoofer
Controller
Adding a subwoofer to your home theatre or hifi system is the
easiest way to extend the bass response. A relatively small
speaker system driven by a big amplifier can give heaps of
bass while not taking up a lot of space. This new Subwoofer
Controller has all the features you could want, including low
and high pass filters, parametric equaliser and auto-turn on.
T
he previous (and only) subwoofer controller described in
SILICON CHIP was featured in the
December 1995 issue.
Since then we have had quite a lot
of input from readers and this completely new design is our response
to our readers’ comprehensive wish
list.
Adding a subwoofer to a home
theatre or hifi system can achieve a
dramatic improvement in listening
siliconchip.com.au
enjoyment, by extending the response
of the system down into the low bass
frequencies. But this improvement can
only be fully realised if various basic
conditions are met:
1. The crossover between your main
system speakers and the subwoofer
is smooth, with no obvious peak or
dip in overall frequency response
By JIM ROWE
during the transition; otherwise the
system will sound either boomy or
weak in bass.
2. The subwoofer level is correctly
balanced or matched with the
level from the rest of the system
speakers.
3. The response of the subwoofer itself
is smooth (ie, without pronounced
peaks or dips) over its operating
frequency range.
4. Very low (subsonic) frequencies
August 2007 57
cations
ifi
c
e
p
S
r
e
ll
o
tr
n
o
C
Subwoofer
uts 47kW
e level and LFE signal inp
Lin
r
.
....
....
....
....
e:.
nc
da
pe
with an 11:1 mixing divide
Input im
Speaker line inputs 10kW
.... -8dB to +8dB, variable
Gain:..................................
z
between 41Hz and 200H
Corner frequency variable
12dB/octave rolloff slope
12V DC supply from either a
battery or a regulated mains
plugpack. The current drain is
modest too – less than 60mA
when active.
How it works
You can get a good overview of
the way the controller works from
Low pass filter:
the block diagram in Fig.1. As you
can see, the source select switch
z
Hz and 200H
30
n
ee
tw
be
ble
ria
is right at the inputs, allowing
va
cy
....... Centre frequen
at centre frequency
B
2d
±1
n
ee
Parametric equaliser:....
you to choose between the left
tw
be
ble
ria
Cut/boost va
and right channel line outputs
5
ly
Q approximate
of your main amplifier if it has
e
tav
/oc
dB
-18
them, from the speaker outputs if
pe
slo
f
rner frequency 15Hz, rollof
Co
.
.
.
er:
filt
ic)
it doesn’t, or from the LFE output
on
bs
(su
ss
High pa
of your surround sound decoder
ut,
inp
S
RM
1V
dB unweighted relative to
-80
....
or DVD player.
....
....
io:
rat
ise
no
to
Signal
The line and speaker level
2V RMS output
stereo inputs are each mixed
together to produce a mono
..... 2.4V RMS
Maximum output signal:..
signal for the Subwoofer Controller but the LFE signal is
ts)
tpu
...... 1kW (both ou
Output impedance:..........
already mono so mixing isn’t
ls
required.
na
sig
of
d
en
er
aft
....... Approx 11 minutes
The signals are selected
Amplifier hold-on time:..
by
switch S1, then passed
m a battery or regulated
fro
,
DC
V
12
through
an input buffer stage
m
fro
tes
era
.... Op
Power requirements:........
which
allows
you to adjust
ly.
pp
plugpack su
, less
de
their level (and hence the
mo
by
nd
sta
in
mA
45
Current consumption
subwoofer volume) for tonal
.
balancing.
than 60mA in active mode
The input buffer uses a
feedback-type level control, which can either atselect between three possible sources
tenuate or amplify by up
are prevented from reaching the
for the subwoofer signal: line level
to 8dB either way, giving a 16dB
subwoofer, as these can cause its
outputs from your main amplifier;
adjustment range which will be
cone to ‘flap around’ – which can
speaker level outputs or the ‘LFE’
more than adequate.
cause unwanted noises and possible
(low frequency effects) channel output
Next the signals move to the low
damage to the subwoofer.
from your DVD player or surround
pass filter stage which can be adjusted
The Subwoofer Controller unit
sound decoder; finally there are norbetween 41Hz and 200Hz. This alwe’re describing here caters for all
mal and inverted subwoofer output
lows you to ‘fine tune’ the crossover
these conditions. It provides:
signals, so you can easily use a stereo
frequency where the subwoofer takes
• A convenient adjustment of subamp to drive the subwoofer in bridge
over from the main system speakers,
woofer upper frequency rolloff,
mode.
to achieve the smoothest transition.
so you can achieve the smoothest
It also has an auto turn-on circuit to
(This filter is not needed when you
possible crossover transition.
switch on your subwoofer’s amplifier
are using the LFE signal to drive the
• Easy adjustment of subwoofer level,
automatically as soon as it detects
subwoofer, so in this case you just
for optimum overall tonal balance.
the presence of audio signals. Then it
set the low pass filter frequency to
• A parametric equaliser circuit
holds the amplifier’s power on while
maximum, where it will have miniwhich allows you to compensate for
ever audio signals are being fed to the
mal effect.)
any response peaks or dips which
controller and only turns it off again
Next is the parametric equaliser
the subwoofer may have in its opafter waiting about 11-12 minutes from
stage, which allows you to compensate
erating range, to achieve a smoother
when they are no longer detected.
for any peaks or troughs (dips) in the
response.
So you no longer have to worry
subwoofer’s own frequency response.
• There’s also a built-in subsonic
about remembering to turn on the
It does this by allowing you to produce
high pass filter, which rolls off the
power to the subwoofer amplifier or
a counteracting trough or peak at any
response steeply below 15Hz to
off again afterwards.
frequency in the range from 30Hz to
protect the subwoofer from damage.
All of the controller’s circuitry fits
200Hz, and with an amplitude of up
Three signal sources
inside a compact low-profile instruto 12dB either way.
ment case and operates from a single
This should smooth out most
In addition, there is the ability to
58 Silicon Chip
siliconchip.com.au
INVERTER
LINE
INPUTS
L
OUTPUT
2
R
SPEAKER
INPUTS
L
SOURCE
SELECT
INPUT
BUFFER
LOW-PASS
FILTER
PARAMETRIC
EQUALISER
BOOST
HIGH-PASS
FILTER (CF=15Hz)
Q2
FREQ
OUTPUT
1
R
CUT
LFE
INPUT
LEVEL
Fig.1: block diagram of the
Subwoofer Controller.
likely peaks or dips in the subwoofer’s
performance - provided that it’s in a
reasonably damped enclosure.
Following the equaliser, the signals
pass through the subsonic high pass
filter. This effectively blocks any
rumble or other ultra-low frequency
components which could cause
trouble for the subwoofer, allowing
only ‘genuine’ (above 15Hz) sub-bass
signals to pass through unchanged.
The output from the subsonic high
pass filter becomes the main controller output signal for driving the subwoofer amplifier, while a simple unity
gain phase inverter stage is used to
provide the second ‘opposite phase’
signal (Output 2).
As mentioned earlier this allows the
use of a stereo amplifier to drive the
subwoofer in bridge mode. A separate
panel in this article explains the concept of amplifier “bridging”.
The remaining sections of the con-
ADJUST
FREQ
ADJ
BOOST/CUT
AUTO
TURN-ON
CIRCUIT
Q3
ADJUST
FREQ
AUTO
HOLD-ON
& MUTING
troller are used to perform automatic
turn-on of the subwoofer amplifier
when signals are detected at the output
of the input buffer, and also to keep
the subwoofer amp switched on until
no signals have been detected for the
‘hold on’ time (about 11-12‑ minutes).
The signal outputs from the controller are muted (by MOSFET switches
Q2 and Q3) whenever the controller
decides that there are no signals to be
passed to the subwoofer.
In more detail
For more insight on how the various
sections of the controller work, refer
to the main circuit diagram of Fig.2.
Again, you’ll find the input source
selector switch S1 at upper left, with
the selected signal passing through a
10mF non-polarised capacitor into the
non-inverting (pin 3) input of op amp
IC1a, the input buffer stage.
The buffer is configured in a slightly
SUBWOOFER
AMPLIFIER
POWER SWITCH
unusual way, to allow its gain to be
varied both above and below unity by
potentiometer VR1. VR1 varies both
the ratio of the input signal divider at
pin 3 of IC1a and the gain of the buffer
itself, by varying the negative feedback
ratio. It does these actions in inverse
fashion, to achieve the desired +/-8dB
adjustment range. When the wiper of
VR1 is in the centre position, the resistor ratios give the buffer an overall
gain of unity (0dB).
When the wiper is fully clockwise
(ie, back toward IC1a’s pin 2), the input divider ratio is reduced while the
negative feedback ratio is increased,
giving an overall gain of approximately 2.5 (+8dB).
Conversely, when the wiper of VR1 is
turned fully anticlockwise (in contact
with IC1a’s pin 3), the input divider
ratio is increased while the negative
feedback ratio is reduced, lowering the
overall gain to 0.4 (-8dB).
From the output of IC1a (pin 1) the
signals pass to the adjustable low pass
filter stage, based on IC1b.
This is a standard Sallen & Key
active low-pass filter with unity gain
in the passband and a cutoff slope of
12dB per octave. Its corner frequency
can be varied between 41Hz and
200Hz using VR2a and VR2b, two
sections of a dual-ganged 50kW pot.
Parametric equaliser
Here’s the back end of the prototype Subwoofer Controller showing the inputs
and outputs. It’s a bit different to the final version (the mains out lead is moved,
for example) but this shows the basic arrangement.
siliconchip.com.au
The output signal from pin 7 of IC1b
then passes to the parametric equaliser
stage, based on IC2, a TL074 quad op
amp. This is a ‘state variable’ filter
circuit, using multiple feedback paths
around two single-pole filter stages
based on IC2b and IC2a.
The use of both positive and negaAugust 2007 59
LINE
INPUTS
+12V
47k
L
IC1: LM833
CON2
R
10k
L SPKR
IN+
SOURCE
SELECT
S1
10 F
47k
LPF CORNER
FREQUENCY
VR2a
VR2b
INPUT BUFFER
3
NP
2
L SPKR
GND
VR1
10k
100
IC1a
12k
12k
1
50k
50k
82pF
15k
1k
R SPKR
GND
100
CON1
4
LOW-PASS FILTER
100nF
10 F
100k
LFE
IN
7
IC1b
6
47nF
100nF
22k
8
5
LEVEL
10k
R SPKR
IN+
100nF
47k
+12V
IC3: LM358
47k
100nF
AUTO TURN-ON CIRCUIT
6
+6V
7
IC3b
5
10 F LL
C B E
G
47k
2
100k
3
10 F
LL
D1
2N7000
D
K
K
4
PN100
D2
A
8
IC3a
1
1M
A
S
220k
3.3M
1k
10k
+6V
LEDS
10 F
IC6: LM358
K
+12V
A
6.8k
ZD1
A
15
K
7
IC6b
SC
2007
2
IC6a
1
4
100 F
SUPPLY RAIL SPLITTERS
K
SUBWOOFER CONTROLLER
Fig.2: the complete circuit of our new Subwoofer
Controller. As well as providing the appropriate output
for the subwoofer amplifer, it’s also capable of switching
it off in the absence of audio signal.
tive feedback results in a bandpass
filter characteristic at the output of
IC2b (pin 7) and this signal is mixed
with the original signal from IC1b in
IC2c, an inverting mixer stage with a
gain of -1.
Because the input of IC2d (pin 13)
60 Silicon Chip
6
15
8
K
D1–D5: 1N4148
A
3
6.8k
1N4004
A
5
Using it in a car
We designed the Subwoofer Control to run from a
12V supply so that it can be used in a car. However,
it will not be able to switch the DC power to the
subwoofer amplifier. If you intend to only use it in a
car, you can leave out the solid-state relay (SSR1)
and all the 240VAC mains wiring.
is fed from the wiper of pot VR3 and
the two ends of this pot are connected
to the output of IC1b and IC2c respectively, the phase of the signal sent to
IC2d is varied over a 180-degree range
as VR3 is turned from one extreme to
the other.
As a result, the bandpass signal fed
to IC2c can be made to either add to or
subtract from, the original signal coming from IC1b. This results in boost or
attenuation of the frequencies in the
bandpass range, as desired.
Dual ganged pot VR4a/VR4b is used
siliconchip.com.au
10
+12V
K
2200 F
82nF
VR4b 50k
IC2: TL074
4
22k
1
CUT/
BOOST
10 F
VR3
10k
9.1k
150pF
82nF
22k
13
NP
12
9.1k
14
IC2d
11
+6V
3.3k
+6V
+6V
VR4a 50k
47k
CON4
22k
3
EQUALISER
FREQUENCY
22k
A
2
IC2a
+12V
IN
ZD1
16V
1W
6
22k
7
IC2b
5
9
+6V
47k
8
IC2c
10
10 F
EQUALISER
D6
1N4004
+12V
+6V
A
K
150pF
10 F
100 F
22k
220k
22k
220nF
220nF
220nF
33k
8
3
IC5a
2
12k
1
6
IC5b
5
IC5:
LM833
NP
100
PHASE
INVERTER
+6V
4
OUTPUT
2
D
G
Q2
2N7000
10 F
HIGH-PASS
FILTER
MUTING
1k
10 F
7
S
CON3
OUTPUT
1
1k
NP
100
D
G
Q3
2N7000
S
+12V
1k
D3
K
10k
A
1M
D4
K
A
7
6
A
STANDBY
100nF
LED1
K
8
4
2
10k
1
400 F LL
(4 x 100 F)
10nF
100
K
A
5
Q1
PN100
B
1k
10k
E
SSR1
ACTIVE
LED2
E
LOAD1
E
A
LOAD2
AUTO HOLD-ON & MUTING
siliconchip.com.au
+
C
K
to vary the centre frequency of the
equaliser, while VR3 is used to vary
the degree of boost or cut. When VR3
is in its centre position, the equaliser
circuit provides unity gain at all frequencies.
From the parametric equaliser stage
N
A
D5
3
IC4
555
IEC MALE
SOCKET
2200 F
10k
1.5M
the signals pass to the high pass filter
stage, based around IC5a. This is again
a standard three-pole Sallen & Key active high pass filter configuration, with
capacitor and resistor values chosen to
give a corner frequency of 15Hz. This
stage has unity gain in the passband
–
SUBWOOFER AMP
POWER SWITCH
A
N
3-PIN MAINS
SOCKET (ON
CAPTIVE CORD)
but with a rolloff slope of -18dB per
octave, for signals below 15Hz.
The controller’s main output signal
is fed from the output of IC5a (pin 1)
to the OUTPUT 1 connector via a non
polarised (NP) 10mF capacitor and a
series 1kW resistor, while IC5b is conAugust 2007 61
nected as a simple unity-gain inverter
to produce the opposite phase output
signal fed to the OUTPUT 2 connector – again via a 10mF/1kW series
combination.
As you can see, both output signals are effectively switched on or
off (muted) by transistors Q2 & Q3.
These are 2N7000 Mosfets which are
controlled by transistor Q1 and in turn
by the auto turn-on/hold-on circuitry
based around IC3 and IC4.
the inverting input (pin 6) of IC3b,
via a 100nF coupling capacitor and
series 100kW resistor (which forms a
2:1 voltage divider with the second
100kW resistor from pin 6 to the +6V
bias line).
IC3b also has positive feedback
applied to it via the 3.3MW resistor connected from output pin 7 to
Auto turn-on & muting
The two sections of IC3 perform
the signal detection and auto turn-on
functions. The output signal from
pin 1 of input buffer IC1a is fed to
LFE IN
CON1
SOURCE
SELECT
47k
S1 1x3
LINE
INPUTS
SPKRS
47k
LFE
47k
LINE
INPUTS
10k
CON2
RIGHT SPKR+
(GND
BELOW)
1k
10k
ROTOR
100
100
10k LIN
VR1
82pF
LS+
LS
GND
ECNARAELC LANIMRET
15k
17080110
7002 C
REFOOWBUS
RELLORTNOC
+
10 F
LEVEL
RS
GND
REKAEPS ROF TUOTUC
RS+
10 F
NP
LEFT SPKR+
(GND
BELOW)
22k
22k
10k LIN
82nF
1k
10k
12V DC
INPUT
10
16V
4004
ZD1
2200 F
2200 F
9.1k
100 F
LL
100 F
LL
SY-4089
10k
SSR1
100 F
LL
4148
IC4
555
1M
10k
4148
4148
1.5M
47k
220k
D3
10k
4148
4148
IC3
LM358
100k
100k
6.8k
15
15
D2
D1
VR4 50k x2
1k
3.3M
1M
+
100 F
LL
D5
IEC MALE
SOCKET
100
Ain
niA
LL
+
+
100nF
100nF
+
10 F
ACTIVE
Aout
10nF
+
1k
100 F
tuoA
LED2
+
LL
10 F
AMP PWR
FIT HEATSHRINK
SLEEVES OVER
IEC PLUG
CONNECTIONS
+
IC6
LM358
10 F
6.8k
NYLON P-CLAMP
D4
9.1k
47k
1k
STBY LED1
CON4
V21+
82nF
CON3
Q1
PN100
10k
D6
V21+
VR3
150pF
TL074
+
FREQUENCY
10 F
NP
22k
V6+
EQUALISER
IC5
LM833
47k
IC2
10 F
NP
V6+
22k
22k
22k
CUT/BOOST
100nF
OUTPUTS
150pF
+
10 F
10 F
22k
220k
3.3k
10 F
NP
12k
100
33k
100nF
V6+
FREQUENCY
VR2 50k x2
12k
LPF CORNER
Q3
Q2
2N7000 2N7000
220nF 220nF
220nF
100nF
47nF
100
1k
IC1
LM833
12k
22k
POT CASE
EARTHING
WIRE
Fig.3: same-size PC board component layout to help you build the Subwoofer Controller. Note that the photo at right
is similar but has extra holes for a compressor stage (we decided it was unsatisfactory) and the amp power lead is moved.
62 Silicon Chip
siliconchip.com.au
non-inverting input pin 5 and so it
acts as a Schmitt trigger - producing
a square wave version of the audio
signal coming from IC1a as soon as
that signal’s amplitude reaches its
triggering level.
The squared-up audio signal from
IC3b is then fed to a simple rectifier
circuit using diodes D1 and D2, which
siliconchip.com.au
effectively convert it into a ‘signal
detected’ DC voltage across the 10mF
capacitor connected from pin 2 of IC3a
to ground. The 47kW resistor in series
with D2 is used to set the ‘attack time’
of this control voltage (ie, how quickly
it rises after the start of audio signals)
to about 200ms (1/5 of a second).
On the other hand, the 1MW resistor
across the 10mF capacitor sets the signal
detector’s ‘decay time’ – how long the
control voltage remains high after the
audio signals end, approximately 10
seconds. This is long enough to ensure
that the control voltage stays high during short pauses in the audio.
The DC control voltage developed
across the 10mF capacitor and 1MW
August 2007 63
resistor is fed directly to IC3a, again
configured as a Schmitt trigger, because
of the positive feedback from pin 1 to
pin 3 via the 220kW resistor.
So IC3a’s output pin 1, which
remains at very close to the +12V
level when no audio signal has been
detected, suddenly switches to 0V as
soon as a signal is detected. And it
remains at 0V while ever the audio
signals are present, only switching
back to the +12V level about 10 seconds after they end.
In short, the voltage level at output
pin 1 of IC3a is high when there are no
audio signals entering the controller
but switches low as soon as signals
are present.
This output voltage from IC3a is
used to trigger IC4, a 555 timer chip
configured as a monostable, which
controls the subwoofer amp power
switching via solid state relay SSR1
and also muting transistors Q2 and
Q3, via switching transistor Q1.
Here’s how it works:
Solid-state relay
In the absence of audio signals and
with the output of IC3a therefore staying high, IC4 is in its ‘off’ or reset state
with output pin 3 held low and its internal discharge transistor (connected
to pin 7) conducting, which keeps
the 400mF of capacitance (4 x 100mF)
connected between pins 6 and 7 and
ground in the discharged state.
Because pin 3 of IC4 is low, transistor Q1 is turned off and its collector
voltage rests at about +6V (set by the
two 10kW resistors). As a result both
Q2 and Q3 are turned on, clamping
both of the controller’s audio outputs
to ground and hence keeping them
muted.
At the same time because pin 3 of
IC4 is low, no current can flow through
diode D5 and its series 100W resistor
to activate solid-state relay SSR1.
SSR1 therefore remains off, preventing
the subwoofer amplifier from being
powered up via the external 3-pin
cord socket.
When audio signals do arrive at the
controller input, this results in the
output pin of IC3a soon switching
low. This sudden drop is coupled to
the pin 2 trigger input of IC4 via diode
D3 and the 100nF capacitor, with the
result that IC4 immediately switches
into its ‘on’ or set state. Output pin 3
rises to approximately +12V, which
turns on both Q1 and SSR1.
64 Silicon Chip
Muting transistors Q2 & Q3 are
turned off, removing the muting from
the controller’s audio outputs, while
SSR1 switches on the power to your
subwoofer amplifier.
At the same time the discharge
transistor at pin 7 of IC4, which has
been holding the 400mF capacitance
discharged, is now turned off.
But the capacitance is not able to
begin charging at this stage, because
the voltage at pins 6 and 7 of IC4 is still
held at a fairly low level (about +1.2V)
by diodes D3 and D4, connected back
to output pin 1 of IC3a - which is now
held at ground potential.
But when the audio signals do
eventually cease (or strictly, about 10
seconds after this) and the output of
IC3a switches back up to +12V, both
D3 and D4 become reverse biased
and stop conducting. This allows the
400mF of capacitance between pins
6 and 7 of IC4 and ground to begin
charging, via the 1.5MW transistor
connected to the +12V line.
The charging is fairly slow due
to the long time constant (T = RC =
400mF x 1.5MW = 600 seconds) but
after about 11 minutes the voltage at
IC4’s second threshold sensing pin 6
reaches its triggering level.
IC4 then switches back to its reset
state, with its output pin 3 going low.
This turns off SSR1, switching off the
subwoofer amplifier, and also turns off
Q1 so muting transistors Q2 and Q3
are turned back on again to mute the
controller outputs.
There are two indicator LEDs in the
circuit. LED1 is green, connected between the controller’s +12V line and
ground via a 1kW series resistor so it
lights whenever +12V is applied to the
controller – becoming the ‘Standby’
LED.
Red LED2 is connected across the
output of IC4, again via a 1kW series
resistor, so it only lights when the
auto turn-on circuitry detects the presence of audio signals, and turns the
muting off and the subwoofer amplifier on. So LED2 indicates when the
controller and subwoofer are in the
‘Active’ state.
Construction
As shown in the photos, almost all
of the controller circuitry and components are mounted directly on a
single PC board which measures 200
x 156mm and is coded 01108071.
The board mounts snugly inside a
standard low-profile ABS instrument
box which measures 225mm wide by
165mm deep by 40mm high.
By the way, please note that the
controller shown in the photos is our
prototype which originally included
a compressor stage. We subsequently
omitted this because its noise and
distortion were unsatisfactory. Hence
the output circuit sections have since
been moved nearer the centre of the
board, as you can see from the board
overlay and wiring diagram. You
Inside the Subwoofer controller from the front, showing the mains wiring in
particular. Note that this was modified in the final design (see the component
layout) with a change to the output mains lead position in particular.
siliconchip.com.au
should use the wiring diagram as the
main reference for component placement then, rather than the internal
photos. The board wiring diagram is
shown in Fig.3.
First fit the fixed resistors. These
all have their leads bent down to
mate with PC board holes spaced 0.4”
(10.2mm) apart, with the single exception of the 47kW resistor alongside
IC2 - which mates with holes spaced
0.5” or 12.5mm apart. Don’t throw the
resistor lead offcuts away because you
can use them to fit the seven ~10mm
wire links on the board.
Follow these with the sockets for
the various ICs, if you’re using them,
and then the input and output connectors which are mounted along the
rear of the board: CON1 and CON2,
CON3 and CON4, then fit trimpot
VR5, but not the main control pots
at this stage.
Next fit the various small nonpolarised capacitors, followed by the
electrolytics. Begin with the 10mF caps
because there are actually three different kinds of these used in the project:
five of the standard polarised 10mF RB
caps, two of the low-leakage polarised
10mF RBLL caps and five of the nonpolarised 10mF NP RB caps.
So make sure you fit each type in
the correct positions, marked on the
wiring diagram with either a simple
polarity ‘+’, a ‘+’ and an ‘LL’ or an ‘NP’
as the case may be.
All of the remaining electrolytic and
tag tantalum capacitors are polarised
and must be orientated correctly, as
shown in Fig.3.
Once the passive parts are all in
place, you can add the five 1N4148
diodes D1-D5, making sure to orientate
them correctly, followed by 1N4004
diode D6 and zener diode ZD1, followed by transistor Q1 and finally
Mosfets Q2 & Q3. Then you can fit the
solid-state relay SSR1, which will only
fit one way around.
Now is the time to cut the shafts of
control pots VR1-VR4 to about 10mm
long, smoothing off any burrs so
they’re ready to accept their knobs. Do
the same with the shaft for switch S1,
and while you’re doing this it would
be a good idea to check S1’s stop
washer position so it’s correctly set
for only three switch positions. When
the spindles of VR1-VR4 have been cut
to length they can all be mounted in
position along the front of the board.
Note that VR1 and VR3 are both single
10kW linear pots, while VR2 and VR4
are dual-ganged 50kW units.
Next you need to prepare your front
and rear panels by drilling and cutting
the various holes in them for the controls and connectors, if the kit supplier
hasn’t already done this for you. Then
or otherwise you can fit switch S1 to
the front panel, at the left-hand end.
After it’s in place you can solder the
ends of four 30mm lengths of insulated
hookup wire to the rotor lug and those
for the first three positions, ready to
Similarly, the view from the back panel. The exposed mains (ANE) wires
should be as short as possible and anchored to the PC board, as shown in the
component overlay, just in case the worst happens and one or more pull loose.
siliconchip.com.au
make the connections to the board
when the panels and board have been
assembled together.
Now fit the IEC mains plug to the
right-hand end of the rear panel, using
two 10mm long countersink head M3
machine screws with star lockwashers
and M3 nuts. Also fit the cable gland
for the mains output cord into the next
hole in the rear panel, with its large
mounting nut on the inside. After
this you can complete the rear panel
assembly by fitting the four screw
terminals used for the speaker level
input connections. The two red terminals should go in the upper holes,
while the black terminals go in the
lower holes.
When all four terminals are in
place, carefully solder the ends of two
20mm lengths of tinned copper wire
(or resistor lead offcuts) to the rear
ends of the two lower terminals, and
the ends of two 30mm lengths of insulated copper wire to the rear ends of
the two upper terminals. These wires
will be used to connect the terminals
to the PC board when the rear panel
is assembled to it.
The next step is to attach the front
panel to the board. This is done by
removing the mounting nuts from the
threaded ferrules of pots VR1-VR4 (but
leaving on the flat washers), then offering up the panel until the spindles
and threaded ferrules of pots VR1-VR4
pass through their matching holes.
The nuts are then re-applied to the pot
ferrules, and screwed up until they are
finger tight. This will hold the panel
and board assembly together while
you make the connections from switch
S1 to the board, using the four wires
already soldered to the switch lugs.
This is also a convenient time to solder a length of tinned copper wire to
the top of the metal case for each of the
four control pots VR1-VR4, with the
end of the wire passing down through
the hole in the PC board midway between VR1 and VR2, about 6mm from
the board’s front edge. The wire is then
soldered to the copper underneath, to
make sure all four pots are earthed for
minimum hum pickup and to prevent
any hand capacitance effects.
At this stage you can also fit the two
LEDs at the right-hand end of the front
panel, dressing their leads so they pass
down through the board holes without
strain. Make sure you have both LEDs
oriented with their longer anode leads
towards the left (i.e., towards VR4).
August 2007 65
Parts List –
Subwoofer Controller
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
2
2
5
5
1
1
1
3
1
1
1
2
Low profile ABS instrument case, 225 x 165 x 40mm
PC board, code 01108071, 200 x 156mm
Single pole 3 position rotary switch (S1)
RCA socket, PC board mounting (CON1)
Dual RCA sockets, PC-mounting (CON2, CON3)
2.5mm concentric DC socket (CON4)
panel-mounting IEC male mains socket
Screw terminal, red
Screw terminal, black
16mm diameter knobs, black aluminium
8-pin DIL sockets
14-pin DIL socket
Cable entry gland (for 3-6.5mm cable diameter)
Plastic cable clamp (Jaycar HP-0754)
20mm lengths of 6mm OD heatshrink sleeving
Solid state relay, 250V 2A zero voltage switching
Length of 3-core mains flex with 240V outlet socket
150mm length of 0.25mm or 0.3mm tinned coper wire
10mm long countersunk head M3 machine screws with M3 nuts
and star lockwashers
8 6mm long small self-tapping screws
Semiconductors
2 LM833 dual low noise op amps (IC1,IC5)
1 TL074 quad op amp (IC2)
2 LM358 dual op amps (IC3,IC6)
1 555 timer (IC4)
1 PN100 NPN transistor (Q1)
2 2N7000 Mosfets (Q2,Q3)
1 16V 1W zener diode (ZD1)
1 3mm green LED (LED1)
1 3mm red LED (LED2)
5 1N4148 silicon diodes (D1-D5)
1 1N4004 1A silicon diode (D6)
Capacitors
2 2200mF 16V RB electrolytics
2 100mF 16V RB electrolytics
4 100mF 25V RBLL low leakage electrolytics
4 10mF 16V RB electrolytics
2 10mF 50V RBLL low leakage electrolytics
4 10mF 50V RBNP non-polarised electrolytics
3 220nF 100V MKT metallised polyester
3 100nF 100V MKT metallised polyester
2 100nF 50V multilayer monolithic ceramic
2 82nF 100V MKT metallised polyester
1 47nF 100V MKT metallised polyester
1 10nF 50V multilayer monolithic ceramic
2 150pF disc ceramic
1 82pF disc ceramic
Resistors (0.25W 1% unless specified)
1 3.3MW
1 1.5MW
2 1MW
2 220kW
2 100kW
6 47kW
1 33kW
8 22kW
1 15kW
3 12kW
7 10kW
2 9.1kW
2 6.8kW
1 3.3kW
6 1kW
5 100W
2 15W
1 10W
2 10kW linear pot, 16mm PC -mounting (VR1,VR4)
2 50kW x2 ganged linear pot, 16mm PC-mounting (VR2,VR3)
66 Silicon Chip
When both LEDs are in place, invert
the assembly and solder their leads to
the board pads.
Next you can offer up the rear panel
assembly to the rear of the PC board,
so the outer sleeves of RCA connectors
CON1, CON2 and CON3 pass through
their matching holes in the panel. You
can then fasten the two together using
two 6mm long self-tapping screws,
through the centre mounting holes for
CON2 and CON3.
Once this has been done, you can
connect the four wires from the rear
of the speaker line input terminals
to the board underneath. The shorter
tinned copper wires from the lower
terminals pass down through the
rearmost holes, while the ends of
the longer insulated wires from the
upper terminals pass down through
the holes nearer the front of the board
(marked LS+ and RS+ in the wiring
diagram). Then the assembly is inverted again and the wires soldered
to the PC board tracks.
The last wiring to be done is that for
the subwoofer amp’s mains switching,
just behind SSR1.
This is not difficult to do, but you
need to do the wiring carefully to
eliminate the risk of electric shock.
Begin by preparing the cable for
the mains output cable. If this doesn’t
have a cord-type 3-pin socket already
attached to one end, fit the socket
carefully in the manner recommended
by the manufacturer. Make sure that
the green/yellow wire connects to the
Earth contact screw, and the brown
and blue wires to the Active and Neutral screws respectively. Then slide the
socket’s outer sleeve over the screws
and click it into place to make sure
it’s safe again.
Next cut off a 50mm length from
the other end of the mains cable, and
carefully remove the outer sleeving so
you can extract the 50mm length of
wire with brown insulation. The other
two lengths of wire can be discarded,
but the brown wire should have 5mm
of insulation removed at each end because you’ll be using it shortly to
make the connection between the IEC
plug’s Active lug and the hole in the
PC board underneath.
Now remove a further 45mm of
outer sleeving from the other end of
the mains cable, doing this carefully
to avoid damaging the insulation on
the three wires inside. Then remove
about 5mm of insulation from the ends
siliconchip.com.au
of all three wires, tinning them lightly
with the soldering iron so the strands
are soldered into a compact group.
The outer sleeve of the cable gland
can now be unscrewed from the gland
on the rear panel, and slipped over the
free end of the cable. This end of the
cable can then be pushed through the
gland’s inner hole (from the outside,
of course), far enough to allow you to
make the cable connections.
But before you make the connections, slide a 20mm length of 6mm
heatshrink sleeving down over the
blue and green/yellow wires, pushing
them down as far as they’ll go. You’ll
then be able to solder the blue wire to
the Neutral (N) lug on the IEC plug, the
green/yellow wire to the centre earth
(G) lug on the plug, and the brown
wire to the PC board - in this case by
passing it down through the ‘Aout’
hole near the end of SSR1.
Then when all three wires have been
soldered (and the joints have cooled
down), slide the heatshrink sleeves
on the blue and green/yellow wires
up and over the solder joints on the
IEC plug and in fact over all exposed
metal of the lugs, and then apply heat
from your soldering iron or a hot air
gun so the sleeves shrink down to atsiliconchip.com.au
tach them in place.
One end of your 50mm length of
brown insulated wire can now be
soldered to the remaining Active (A)
lug on the rear of the IEC plug. After
the solder cools, you can then slide
your remaining 20mm length of heatshrink sleeving up from the free end
of the wire and over the solder joint
and any remaining exposed lug. Then
heat the sleeving as before, to shrink
it down around them and prevent
accidental contact. Finally the free
end of this wire can be passed down
through the ‘Ain’ hole in the PC board
below, and soldered carefully to the
pad underneath.
To complete this assembly stage,
pull the mains output cord back
through the cable gland until there’s
only just enough cable inside the gland
to avoid any strain on the soldered
connections. Then slide the outer
sleeve of the gland up the cable and
thread it on the threaded ferrule, until
the gland contracts enough to clamp
the cable quite firmly.
Do not forget to add the plastic cable
clamp to provide further anchorage
of the mains cord. It might seem superfluous but it is there to anchor the
cord in case the soldered connections
subsequently fail; this might cause the
Active conductor to come into contact
with the signal circuitry.
Your board and panels assembly
will now be complete and ready to
lower into the lower half of the box, although before this is done you’ll need
to cut off three of the spigots moulded
into the box lower half, to clear some
of the soldered joints under the board.
The three spigots to be cut off are the
one at centre front, to clear the joints
under VR2; the one at centre rear, to
clear the joints under CON3; and the
one in the left rear corner, to clear the
joints under CON1. All other spigots
can be left intact.
Once the three spigots are cut short,
the board and panel assembly can be
lowered into the bottom of the box
with the ends of the panels sliding
down in the slots provided for them.
Then the assembly can be fastened in
place using six 6mm long self-tapping
screws, passing through the four
mounting holes along the front of the
board and the two along the back, all
of which align with matching support
spigots.
Now you should be able to plug all
of the ICs into their sockets, doing this
carefully so that each one is orientated
August 2007 67
correctly and none of their pins is bent
out of shape.
All that remains is to tighten up
the mounting nuts for S1 and the four
control pots on the front panel so they
won’t work loose, and then fit the
five control knobs. Your Subwoofer
Controller should then be functionally complete and ready for a quick
checkout.
Checkout & adjustment
To prepare it for checkout, first
switch S1 to select the speaker terminal inputs, and also set pots VR1
(Level) and VR3 (Cut/Boost) to their
midrange positions. Then connect the
Controller’s DC input socket CON4 to
a suitable source of 12V DC, such as a
battery or a regulated 12V plug pack.
Make sure that the plug mating with
CON4 is wired so that the centre pin
becomes positive.
As soon as the power is applied, the
only activity you should see is that
Standby LED1 lights up. If it doesn’t
light, you make have fitted it to the
board with reversed polarity, so switch
off and check this -- remedying it if
necessary.
The only other likely reason for
LED1 not lighting up is that you’ve
managed to connect the 12V supply
with reversed polarity. If this is the
case, there will probably be another
sign: a small cloud of smoke arising
from the 10W resistor just behind
CON4, because this resistor will be
dissipating about 10 watts of power
and burning up. Obviously the thing
to do in this event is switch off immediately, and reverse the DC input plug
connections. If you do this quickly
enough, the resistor may not need to
be replaced.
Assuming that all is well so far, you
may want to use your multimeter to
measure the current being drawn from
the 12V supply. It should measure
45mA or less, with the Controller in its
‘standby’ state. If that’s what you find,
your Controller’s circuitry is probably
functioning normally.
Now connect a source of line level
(i.e., 250mV - 1V RMS) audio signals
to the Controller’s LFE input socket
CON1. The signals can be from an audio generator if you have one (set to say
200Hz), or otherwise the audio from a
CD/DVD player or a radio tuner. Then
switch S1 to its centre ‘LFE’ position,
and within about half a second LED2
should light up to indicate that the
auto power-on circuitry has detected
the incoming signals, and switched
the controller into its ‘active’ state. (If
you are still monitoring the Controller’s battery current with your multimeter, this will show the current has
increased to about 55-60mA.)
If you then switch S1 back to the
original Speaker Inputs position, LED2
should remain alight for about 11-12
minutes, showing that the auto hold-
Resistor Colour Codes
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
No.
1
1
2
2
2
6
1
8
1
3
7
2
2
1
6
2
5
1
Value
3.3MW
1.5MW
1MW
220kW
100kW
47kW
33kW
22kW
15kW
12kW
10kW
9.1kW
6.8kW
3.3kW
1kW
150W
100W
10W
68 Silicon Chip
4-Band Code (1%)
orange orange green brown
brown green green brown
brown black green brown
red red yellow brown
brown black yellow brown
yellow violet orange brown
orange orange orange brown
red red orange brown
brown green orange brown
brown red orange brown
brown black orange brown
white brown red brown
blue grey red brown
orange orange red brown
brown black red brown
brown green brown brown
brown black brown brown
brown black black brown
5-Band Code (1%)
orange orange black yellow brown
brown green black yellow brown
brown black black yellow brown
red red black orange brown
brown black black orange brown
yellow violet black red brown
orange orange black red brown
red red black red brown
brown green black red brown
brown red black red brown
brown black black red brown
white brown black brown brown
blue grey black brown brown
orange orange black brown brown
brown black black brown brown
brown green black black brown
brown black black black brown
brown black black gold brown
on circuitry is also working correctly.
But then it should turn off again, as the
Controller switches back into Standby
mode.
Putting it to use
The Subwoofer Controller is intended to connect into your audio system
just ahead of the amplifier that you’re
using to drive the subwoofer. If this
amplifier is a mono one, you only need
to feed its input from the Controller’s
upper socket of CON3: Output1. However if you’re using both channels of a
stereo amplifier to drive the subwoofer
in bridge mode (for extra power), you’ll
need to feed its two inputs from both
of the Controller outputs.
The input signals for the Controller
will normally be derived from either
the LFE output from your DVD player
or surround sound decoder or ideally,
from line level outputs on your main
amplifier - assuming it has some.
In this case you simply use a stereo
RCA-RCA lead to connect the amp’s
line level outputs to the two Controller inputs of CON2. In most cases it’s
not really feasible to use an amplifier’s
recording outputs by the way, because
these generally provide signals tapped
off before the main volume controls
(so they are uncontrolled and ‘full
bore’ all the time). You need line level
outputs that are controlled by the main
volume controls, so the balance you
set between the main speakers and the
subwoofer is not upset as soon as you
adjust the main volume.
If you don’t have controlled line
level outputs available from the main
amplifier, the alternative is to derive
the signals for the Controller from the
main amp’s speaker connections. This
is again quite easy, involving a couple
of lengths of light duty figure-8 flex
connecting the main speaker terminals
of the amplifier to the terminals on the
rear of the controller. Just make sure
you don’t reverse the connections at
Capacitor Codes
Value
220nF
100nF
82nF
47nF
10nF
150pF
82pF
mF code IEC Code EIA Code
0.22mF 220n
224
0.1mF
100n
104
.082mF
82n
823
.047mF
47n
473
.01mF
10n
103
NA
150p
150
NA
82p
82
siliconchip.com.au
either end, or the bass components
in the two signals (right and left) will
subtract and cancel rather than add
together.
By the way the connections to the
main amp speaker terminals won’t disturb the operation of the main speakers, because these Controller inputs are
high in impedance – over 10kW – much
higher than the speakers. There are
also small resistors connected in series
with the two ‘negative’ speaker inputs
of the Controller, so connecting them
both doesn’t create any significant
earth loop.
The only other connections required
for the Controller are to allow it to
control the power to the subwoofer
amplifier. All that’s needed for this
is to connect the amp’s power lead
to the 3-pin socket on the end of the
Controller’s mains cord, and then to
supply power to the Controller’s IEC
mains plug using a standard 3-pin plug
to cable IEC socket cable, as used for
most computers, peripherals and many
other modern appliances.
Note that the mains power supplied
to the Controller’s IEC plug is used
purely for running the subwoofer
siliconchip.com.au
amplifier. The Controller itself operates entirely from the external 12V
DC source.
Once everything is connected up,
setting up the Controller doesn’t really
involve a lot of fancy test instruments
- although you could of course use
instruments like a sound level meter
if you have them. In most cases it will
be quite sufficient to find the correct
control settings by ear, using a suitable
music CD or DVD movie soundtrack.
The procedure is quite straightforward. First select the input signal
source you’re using, via S1. Then
set both of the Controller’s pots VR1
and VR3 to their midrange positions,
and also both VR2 and VR4 to their
midrange positions. You should then
be able to hear the audio signal’s low
bass components emerging from the
subwoofer. If they’re either not audible
or too low in volume, try turning VR1
clockwise until they do rise to a level
which matches the higher frequency
components from the main speakers.
On the other hand if the low bass is
already too high in level and tending to
‘boom’, turn VR1 anticlockwise until
the subwoofer level comes down to
match that of the main speakers.
Should you find that the low bass
is still too low in level when VR1 is
turned fully clockwise, you will need
to turn up the volume control on the
subwoofer amp itself. But don’t turn
it up any further than is absolutely
necessary, because this may increase
the risk of subwoofer overload on sudden bass peaks.
Once you have the subwoofer’s overall level balanced fairly well against
the main speakers, listen carefully
to see if you can detect any ‘peak’ or
‘trough’ in the overall system response,
in the transition region where the response of the main speakers is tapering
off and the subwoofer is taking over.
A peak will make itself evident as
some residual ‘boom’ or over-loud
sound, especially in the frequency
range from 100Hz to 200Hz.
On the other hand a dip will cause
the bass to sound weak, especially in
the same region of frequencies.
If you believe you do have a response ‘peak’ in the transition region,
try turning the LP corner frequency
control VR2 slowly anticlockwise.
This lowers the frequency where the
August 2007 69
Amplifier bridging explained
SUBWOOFER
PROCESSOR
LEFT
INPUT
OUTPUT
2
OUTPUT
1
SUBWOOFER
(CONNECTED
BETWEEN +VE
L & R SPEAKER
TERMINALS)
STEREO AMPLIFIER
LEFT
AMP
(STANDARD RCA-RCA
STEREO CABLES)
RIGHT
INPUT
RIGHT
AMP
+
–
–
+
+
–
Many readers wonder about the principle of amplifier bridging and how
to do it.
In effect, it allows the two channels of a stereo amplifier to drive one loudspeaker and thereby deliver maximum power. To do so, the loudspeaker must
be connected to the two active (+) speaker outputs on the stereo amplifier,
leaving the earth (–) outputs unconnected. We then feed the same mono
signal to the amplifier inputs but the phase of one signal reversed.
So if we have a 100W per channel amplifier (into 8W loads), the maximum
undistorted signal available from each channel output will be 28.28V RMS or
80V peak-peak. However, if we consider that with our phase reversed input
signal to one channel, the total voltage available across the loudspeaker
will now be 56.56V RMS or 160V peak-peak. With an 8W loudspeaker, this
equates to a maximum undistorted power of 400 watts RMS.
We have illustrated the principle with the above scope screen shot. The
two upper traces show the out-of-phase signals. The red trace is produced
by the MATH function of the scope, with one signal subtracted from the other
to give a resultant doubling in the peak-to-peak voltage.
Mind you, amplifier bridging does not work quite this well in the real world.
Few amplifiers can deliver four times their rated single channel power in
bridge mode.
Nor can few amplifiers deliver twice their 8W power into a 4W load from
each channel which is exactly the situation here.
While an 8W loudspeaker was suggested, the load “seen” by each amplifier channel will be 4W.
This means that any amplifier to be used for bridging must be capable
of driving half the loudspeaker’s nominal impedance from each channel.
70 Silicon Chip
subwoofer begins to take over, which
should reduce the peak. So stop turning VR2 as soon as the over-loud bass
in the 100Hz-200Hz region seems to
have gone.
Conversely, VR2 is turned slowly in
the clockwise direction if you seem to
have weak bass, caused by a dip in the
transition region.
This increases the frequency where
the subwoofer begins to take over, and
hence allows it to ‘fill in the dip’. But
again it’s a good idea to stop turning
VR2 as soon as the dip seems to have
gone, or you may well begin to create
a bump.
The Controller’s two remaining
controls, VR3 and VR4, are mainly
provided to allow you to compensate
for any unevenness in the subwoofer’s
own response.
For example if it has an unpleasant
response peak at a particular frequency
– say 80Hz – you can use VR4 to tune
the equaliser’s centre frequency to
match the peak, and then turn VR3
anticlockwise to reduce the signal level
at that frequency to smooth the overall
response by cancelling the peak.
Conversely if the subwoofer has
a response dip at a particular frequency, you can use VR4 to tune the
equaliser to that frequency and then
turn VR3 slowly clockwise to boost
the signal level at that frequency and
again smooth the response by ‘filling
in the dip’.
This is the main purpose for the
Controller’s parametric equaliser controls, then: lopping peaks or filling in
dips in the subwoofer’s own response.
However if they are really not needed
for this, because you have a subwoofer
with a particularly smooth response,
the controls can instead be used for
carefully extending the subwoofer’s
low bass response a little.
The idea here is to turn VR4 anticlockwise (to the 30Hz end), and then
slowly turn VR3 clockwise to boost
these very low frequencies relative
to those above the subwoofer’s own
cutoff frequency.
You shouldn’t expect to achieve
a dramatic extension in low bass response this way but if your subwoofer
is already pretty good, you may be able
to make it sound even better.
Don’t overdo this extra sub-bass
boost though, because the subwoofer
might end up being overdriven and
damaged. That could be very expensive.
SC
siliconchip.com.au
100W SOLAR PANEL ARRAY WITH FREE REGULATOR KIT
L
A
E
ED
L
A
I
C
SPE
G
A
K
PAC
This 100W solar array includes five 20W – 12V polycrystalline solar panels, a 12V/24V regulator kit + weatherproof kit box.
Why 5 X 12V/20W panels and not 1 X 100W panel?...Loss of output due to damage or obstruction of a panel will result in
a 20% loss in output, not 100% loss. Air gaps between panels increase cooling and thus increases panel efficiency. Much
cheaper and less fragile to post. The wiring configuration can be changed for different voltages. Does not include the 2
lengths of aluminium angle, rivets or connecting wire, all worth around $15. Specifications For Individual Panel:Peak
Power: 20W, Open Circuit Voltage: 21V, Short Circuit Current: 1.3A, Voltage At Max. Power: 17.5V, Current At Max.
Power: 1.1A, Dim: 610 x 290 x 25mm. 5 X 12V/20W panels +regulator kit + weatherproof box (ARRAY) $690.00
We have a new shipment of our
DC MOTOR SPEED / HOT WIRE
CONTROLLER KIT K252
hugely popular high power
This kit produces a Pulse Width Modulated
DC Motors that has just arrived.
(PWM) output for DC motors or resistive Also wheels, chains and sprockets.
loads like light bulbs & hot wire foam cutters.
See our Website for more details
NEW T
EN
M
P
I
H
S
CK
O
T
S
IN
NOW
200W WIND GENERATOR
It can be used with the trim-pot supplied or
NEW MOTOR
your own external 5K pot. This controller
START RELAY
would be ideal for use with most of our DC
600V 24A
motors.
BRAND NEW
WITH SLIP RINGS AND FREE
BATTERY CHARGE CONTROLLER KIT
This serious 3ph 200W wind generator
has fibreglass blades spanning 2.1m. It
is designed to start operating at wind
speeds around 9kph while being robust
enough to withstand high winds. It
automatically furls in extreme winds
and back again as the wind drops to
protect it's self. This generator is rated
at 200W <at> 25kph with a max. of 250W,
with an output voltage of 12V or 24V. It
comes complete with a 6 meter mast &
our K241 Charger Controller Kit.
Specifications:
Rated Power: 200W Maximum Power:
250W Nominal Rotor Diameter: 2.1m
Start-up Speed: 2.5m/s (9kph)
Rated Wind Speed: 6m/s (21.6kph)
Furling Wind Speed: 12m/s (43.2kph)
For more information and instructions
see our website. [WGEN1] $399.00
Operational
power supply
voltage 10VDC 36VDC 20A+.[K252] $18.00
12VDC MOTOR & WORM
DRIVE GEAR BOX
This is a brand new car
window regulator motor.
Starts turning at 0.9V.
0.9V <at> 0.7A - 4rpm.
6V <at> 1.2A - 60rpm.
12V <at> 1.7A - 120rpm.
15V <at> 1.9A - 150rpm.
[WR01] $18.00
HIGH CURRENT
Sprecher + Schuh
CA3-9=CT3(K)
DIN rail or screw
mount. 240V coil.
Approx 68 X 45 X
80mm.
LIMITED STOCK
DON'T MISS OUT.
At just a fraction of
the new price.
(MSR)$22
NEW CONTROLLER PCB
This PCB was built to control an industrial
process. With logic level inputs via optocouplers on the board you can control 4 high
current outputs using TPDV1240
40A/1200V Triacs. There are a further 3 X
10A relay outputs. CCT. for SSR section of
PCB on our Website .( VPCB) $15
SPECIAL
WR01 MOTOR
TOGETHER
WITH A K252 DC
MOTOR SPEED / HOT
WIRE CONTROLLER KIT [K252M] $27
EXPERIMENTERS DELIGHT
www.oatleyelectronics.com Suppliers of kits and surplus electronics to hobbyists, experimenters, industry & professionals.
Orders: Ph ( 02 ) 9584 3563, Fax 9584 3561, sales<at>oatleyelectronics.com, PO A
Box
89 Oatley
NSW 2223
OR www.oatleye.com
siliconchip.com.au
ugust
2007 71
major credit cards accepted, Post & Pack typically $7 Prices subject to change without notice ACN 068 740 081 ABN18068 740 081
SC_AUG_07
Nixie Clock
Building This Eye-Catching Retro Project
P t . 2 : D e s i g n b y D AV I D W H I T B Y
Last month, we gave some of the history of Nixie
tubes and described the design of the NX14 clock and
its circuit. This month, we give the assembly details
and describe the optional blue LED up-lighting which
we think that most constructors will definitely want,
together with the attractive see-through Perspex case.
T
HE NX14 NIXIE CLOCK is built on
two double-sided, plated-throughhole PC boards, each measuring 147
x 60mm.
The upper PC board is coded NX14U
and holds the six Nixies and their
associated current limiting resistors,
the two neon “hours” and “minutes”
bulbs with their resistors and the 44
high-voltage driver transistors. This
72 Silicon Chip
board also takes the optional six 3mm
blue LEDs and their two current limiting resistors.
The lower PC board
We’ll start assembly with the lower
board – see Fig.1. It is coded NX14L
and carries the power supply, crystal oscillator and all the dividing/
counting circuits. The 1F (yes, one
Farad!) super capacitor is mounted
underneath this board along with four
10mm mounting spacers and the mini
toggle off/on switch for the blue LEDs
(if required).
In the kit, both PC boards come
packed with their own components,
separated into the different component types to simplify assembly. After
checking the board for faults such
siliconchip.com.au
Fig.1: install the parts on the two PC boards and run the wiring connections as shown here to assemble your
Nixie clock. Note that the six blue LEDs for the optional up-lighting (ie, LEDs 1-6) are installed on the rear of
the top board – see photo. Switch S1 and the 1F supercap are installed on the rear of the bottom board.
as bridged tracks or blocked platedthrough holes, begin by installing all
17 resistors in the board.
Before soldering the resistors and
cutting their pigtails, double check
that you have the right values in the
right holes. If you are unsure of any of
the resistor values, double check them
with a digital multimeter as the colour
codes can be difficult to read.
Next, install the three diodes and the
zener diode. These are all different, so
take care to place them in the correct
positions and with the right polarity.
D3 (1N4148 or 1N914) and ZD1 will be
in small glass packages while the other
two are in black plastic encapsulation.
These might look the same but they are
siliconchip.com.au
not! D1 is a common 1N4007 1A power
diode while D2 is a UF4004 1A high
speed switching diode, for the high
frequency HT power supply. Make
sure you read the labelling before you
install them. If you get these mixed up
the HT supply may not work at all or
it might get very hot.
The three small plastic TO92 transistors can go in next and once again,
these are three different types so take
care to place each of them in their
correct positions. It is particularly
easy to mix up Q46 and Q47 which
are mounted next to each other in the
HT supply area. Q46 is a BC337 and
goes nearest to the edge of the PC board
while Q47 is a BC327 which goes next
to it but faces the other way.
Don’t fit Q45 at this stage. It’s
the same type as used on the upper
PC board; it could be a 2N6517 or
MPSA42 or MPSA44. Similarly, the
only other transistor (Q48 – IRF740
power Mosfet) is not installed at the
moment. This disables the “bitey” HT
generator until after the clock DC supplies and circuitry are tested. It’s not
good idea to have 200-230V around
while testing the CMOS clock circuitry
and handling the board!
Next, fit the small non-polarised
capacitors. These are the three small
rectangular MKT capacitors (1nF, 47nF
and 100nF) and a small 100pF ceramic
capacitor near the crystal oscillator (IC
August 2007 73
The lower board carries the power supply, crystal
oscillator and all the dividing/counting circuits.
Take care to ensure that all polarised parts are
correctly oriented.
7). They’re all fairly straightforward –
all you have to do is to get each value
in right place.
Next, fit the oscillator trimmer
capacitor, VC1. It’s not polarised but
should be installed with its metal
screw slot going to 0V, for stable adjustment with a metal tool. The last of
the small components are the small
32.768kHz watch crystal (X1) and the
two test-point pins behind IC7.
Now install the larger components,
starting with the diode rectifier bridge
(BR1). Take care to match the markings
with the PC board component overlay.
Install the power socket (CON 1) and
switches S1, S2 and S3, making sure
that they are all pushed all the way
into the board before soldering. Then
fit the four electrolytic capacitors
which are polarised and must go the
right way around.
The CMOS ICs can go in next, starting with the six 4017s (ICs 1-6), the
4060 (IC7) and the 4013 (IC8). Doublecheck the orientation of the ICs before
soldering. Note that IC7 and IC8 face
in the opposite direction to ICs1-6.
Several components are not soldered in until the main power supply
is tested. These are the MC34063 (IC9),
L1, the 1F supercap, S1 (the blue LED
switch) and the previously mentioned
Q48.
Testing the lower board
It doesn’t matter if you do this before
or after you assemble the upper PC
board. After thoroughly checking the
board to ensure that you have everything in the right place, connect the
lead from the 10V AC plugpack into
the power socket on the PC board. That
done, measure the DC voltage between
the 0V test pin and the “+” terminal of
the bridge rectifier BR1. This should be
between 11V and 14VDC, depending
on the AC mains voltage.
The underside of the lower board carries
switch S1 and the 1F supercap.
74 Silicon Chip
siliconchip.com.au
The upper board
carries the six Nixie
tubes, the two Neons
and the 44 segment
driver transistors.
Make sure the Nixie
tubes are seated
correctly before
soldering their leads.
Next, check the voltage between
0V and pin 16 of IC7 – it should be
between 5.4V and 5.5V. If all is OK so
far, check that the crystal oscillator is
working. If you have an oscilloscope or
frequency counter, look for 32.768kHz
at the test point. Otherwise, using a
multimeter, look for 2Hz (5V) on pin
3 of IC7 or 1Hz on pin 13 of IC8 (on an
analog meter you can see the pointer
flicking at these rates). This will confirm that all is well up to the input of
the clock counter/divider chain.
If you do have a frequency counter
this would be a good time to set the
oscillator to exactly 32.768kHz.
The only simple way to test the
counting/dividing circuitry is with the
display in the finished clock so now
you can fit the remainder of the HT
supply components – ie, IC9, L1, the
1F supercap, S1 (the blue LED switch)
and Q48.
The HT supply
With the HT components installed,
wire the supplied coloured leads to
the board. A 22kW 3W test resistor
will be supplied in the kit to make
testing the HT supply safer. Connect
this temporarily between the red HT
wire and the blue 0V wire.
Be careful: the HT is around 220–
230V DC! This can give you a strong
shock if you come into contact with
it, so don’t handle or work on the
project when the plugpack is connected to the PC board. Wait at least
two minutes after disconnecting the
siliconchip.com.au
power for the 4.7mF 250V capacitor to
discharge before handling or working
on the board.
So having taken all care, connect the
power and measure the HT voltage. It
should be between 200V and 230V DC
across the 22kW test resistor. If all is
well, then remove the power, wait two
minutes and fit the 1F supercap and
the blue LED switch S1 (if required) to
the underside of the PC board.
The 1F supercap is polarised, so
take care to get it the right way around.
The markings are sometimes not obvious – the negative lead is the one
that is folded over from the metallic
patterned side of the capacitor. A selfadhesive pad will be supplied with the
supercap for insulation and spacing.
Its terminal pins need to be soldered
on the underside of the PC board.
S1, the blue LED switch, is also
mounted under the PC board but soldered from the top side.
This completes the construction of
the lower PC board so now let’s move
on to the upper PC board.
The upper PC board
As before, solder in the resistors
first. There are six 68kW 1W, two
330kW 1W and two 180W 0.25W resistors (if the blue LEDs are used).
Incidentally, the 1W resistors are used
not because we need their power rating but because of their higher voltage
rating (the HT can exceed the voltage
rating of lower-wattage types).
After the resistors, fit the 44 high
voltage transistors, which may be
2N6517 or MPSA42 or MPSA44 types.
All have the same pinouts and all
mount with their flat side parallel with
the righthand edge of the PC board.
To make a neat job of fitting the
transistors use a piece of stiff, flat sheet
material such as cardboard, larger than
the PC board and temporary spacers
made from two 3mm x 8mm screws
and nuts (supplied in the kit). Fit
Where To Buy The Parts
(1) Complete NX-14 kit with finished metal
baseplate (does not include housing or blue
LED uplighting components): $179.00.
(2) Diecast aluminium housing: $39.00
in plain finish ready for polishing or painting;
$45.00 supplied powder coated (shoji white).
(3) Transparent polished Perspex
housing: $54.00.
(4) Blue LED uplighting kit: $19.00.
(5) 10V AC plugpack supply: $14.50
(6) Car lighter cable for 12V DC operation:
$4.50
Spare 1N14 Nixie tubes: $15.00 ea.
The NX-14 Nixie Clock is also available fully
built and tested. Enquiries to: Gless Audio,
7 Lyonsville Ave, Preston, Vic 3072. Phone
(03) 9442 3991; 0403 055 374. Email:
glesstron<at>msn.com
Note: the PC board patterns for this
project are copyright to Gless Audio.
August 2007 75
The top and bottom boards are fastened together via 25mm spacers, with the 44 27kW resistors strung between
them. The bottom board sits on 10mm spacers.
the screws from under the PC board
through the two mounting holes closest to the Nixie tubes and fasten with
the nuts. Place all the transistors as far
as they will go into the PC board in the
direction shown on the component
overlay and using the flat sheet to hold
all the transistors into the PC board,
flip the PC board and sheet over so that
the board is upside-down, supported
by all the transistors and the spacer
screws. Carefully solder one outer lead
on each transistor and then you’ll be
able to lift up the PC board without
any transistors falling out.
Straighten any wonky transistors
before finishing the soldering and
cutting their excess pigtails. Then remove the temporary screws and nuts
(the 3mm screws are used in the final
assembly).
You can now fit the two neon tubes
to their appropriate positions on the
board (N1 and N2). Their height above
the board is up to you but as they
represent full stops around the bottom of the Nixie digits, they should
be nounted about 8-10mm above the
surface of the PC board.
Neons are not polarised but do
operate from a high enough voltage
to warrant short lengths of spaghetti
76 Silicon Chip
insulation over the wires feeding down
to the PC board. At short lengths, their
wires are more than strong enough to
have them stand up without any other
support.
Fitting the Nixie tubes
A significant part of the visual appeal of the clock is the alignment of
the Nixie tubes themselves. Having six
Nixies at different heights and/or angles certainly would ruin the impact.
First though, you have to get the Nixie
wires into their respective holes. That
might seem easy but in fact, it’s quite
difficult. The best method involves
cutting the leads first.
First straighten the leads as best
you can and then locate the anode
lead. This has a grey/white coating
on it, inside the glass envelope. Hold
the tube with leads facing you. Leave
the anode lead uncut and then going clockwise, cut each lead 3-4 mm
shorter than the one before it until
you have cut 12 leads. The result will
be a spiral pattern of ever decreasing
lead length.
Now fit the tube to the PC board
by inserting the anode lead (the longest) into the hole marked 1, which is
closest to the resistors. You can then
simply push the tube down a little until the next lead reaches the PC board
surface and place that in the next hole.
Continue working around until all the
leads are in. This method also works
nicely if the white plastic bases have
come off any of the Nixies (you’ll need
to put the base back on before putting
the Nixie on the PC board!).
When the tube is in place, hold it
firmly down onto the PC board surface
and as vertical and straight as possible
before soldering the leads. Solder the
anode lead and one directly opposite it
first, check that the tube is still vertical
and then solder another two at right
angles to the first. Don’t solder any
more until all the tubes are inserted
and soldered the same way.
Now check the tubes for alignment
with the PC board and with each other.
With only four leads of each Nixie tube
soldered so far, it is easy to straighten
the tubes by unsoldering the appropriate lead and then gently adjusting the
tube position by hand. When all tubes
are correctly lined up, your can solder
the rest of the leads.
Fitting the blue LEDs
The blue LEDs are optional but they
give the Nixie clock real character. The
siliconchip.com.au
This rear view of the unit shows the three pushbutton time-setting switches, the DC power socket and the on/off
switch for the optional LED uplighting.
LEDs poke up through the upper PC
board from underneath, through the
white Nixie bases (which have been
drilled to suit) and rest against the bottom of the Nixie tubes themselves.
The LED leads are bent into a very
broad “U” shape as shown in the photos and the leads are soldered to the
copper side of the PC board. Because
they clear the board by 2mm or so,
we didn’t bother insulating the leads,
except those which go above inductor
L1. Here we used some short lengths
of plastic wire insulation.
The LEDs are a friction fit inside the
white Nixie bases so no further support
is required.
The leads of each Nixie
tube are cut into a spiral
as shown here, so that
they can be inserted oneby-one into the PC board.
Inter-board connections
Apart from the 44 resistors connecting the two boards together, there are
four PC board inter-connecting wires
to be soldered into place. The LED
power wires (two of them) connect
to the bottom board next to the LED
switch and to the top board at the
back right corner (see the component
overlay). These must be long enough
to allow comfortable soldering while
the two boards are still disassembled
– say about 80mm long.
The other two wires, marked
siliconchip.com.au
“CONT” and “HT” on the overlay, are
shorter but must also be long enough
to solder. The “CONT” wire can be
around 35-40mm long, the “HT” wire
about 70mm.
The two PC boards are fastened
together using four 25mm hexagonal
spacers which have male (external
thread) and female (internal thread)
ends. The female end goes towards the
top PC board and is held in place by
a 3mm round-head screw, while the
male end passes through the bottom PC
board, where an 8mm internal thread
spacer screws onto it. The lower end
of this 8mm spacer sits on the clock
case bottom and is held in place by a
3mm countersunk-head screw from
the outside of the case. Don’t put the
case bottom on just yet because you
need to solder the resistors in place.
Make sure that the upper board is
August 2007 77
Here’s how the optional blue LEDs are fitted to provide the uplighting. Keep the
LED leads clear of the Nixie tube solder joints and be sure to insulate the two
leads shown with plastic sleeving – see text.
oriented so that the Nixie tubes are
towards the back and the two rows of
transistors are towards the front. Orientation of the lower PC board is more
obvious – the switches and power
socket are all toward the rear. This
means that the resistor holes on the
edge of the upper board line up with
the row of slots on the lower board.
Now you get to solder the row of
44 27kW metal film resistors between
the two boards. It is not as hard as it
looks due to the slot and hole design
on the PC boards.
If you are using the transparent
Perspex case for the clock, take extra
care and get the row of resistors as
straight as you can and all in line for
best appearance. Start at one end with
the first resistor, by feeding one lead
up into the end hole from under the
upper PC board.
That done, centralise the resistor
between the boards and solder it in
place on the top board, from above.
Drop the other resistor lead into the
slot on the lower board then bend the
lead down over the board and solder
and cut it. Using the first resistor as a
guide for position, continue to fit and
solder all the other resistors in the
same way.
That completes the electronic assembly of the clock. All that’s left
is to screw it to the base with 3mm
countersunk head screws and after
testing, fit the case according to the
supplied instructions.
Separating the boards
If you have a problem and you need
to check or change any of the components on either PC board simply
remove the screws from the upper PC
board and gently open out the boards
until the components are accessible.
Time-setting
The three time-setting buttons at the
rear of the lower PC board are: left (S4)
stop, centre (S3) slow and right (S2)
fast. If you overshoot by a little when
setting the time, the Stop button can
freeze the display until the moment
SC
it is correct.
This is the rear of the top board assembly. The two neons tubes are mounted 8-10mm above the board surface and
are fitted with short lengths of spaghetti insulation to insulate their leads.
78 Silicon Chip
siliconchip.com.au
SILICON
CHIP
Order
Form/Tax Invoice
Silicon Chip Publications Pty Ltd
ABN 49 003 205 490
www.siliconchip.com.au
PRICE GUIDE: SUBSCRIPTIONS
YOUR DETAILS
(Note: all subscription prices include P&P).
(Aust. prices include GST)
Your Name________________________________________________________
(PLEASE PRINT)
Organisation (if applicable)___________________________________________
Please state month to start.
Australia: 1 yr ...................... $A89.50
1 yr + binder ....................... $A105
NZ (air): 1 yr ....................... $A96
Overseas (air): 1 yr ............. $A135
2 yrs ...................... $A172
2 yrs + 2 binders .... $A203
2 yrs ...................... $A190
2 yrs ...................... $A260
Address__________________________________________________________
PRICE GUIDE: OTHER PRODUCTS
_________________________________________________________________
Postcode_____________ Daytime Phone No. (
)_____________________
Email address (if applicable) ___________________________________________
(all prices include GST on Aust. orders)
*SILICON CHIP BACK ISSUES in stock: 10% discount for
10 or more issues or photocopies. Australia: $A9.50 ea
(including p&p). Overseas: $A13 each (including p&p by air).
Method of Payment:
*ELECTRONICS AUSTRALIA: project photocopies. Australia:
$A9.50 each (including p&p). Overseas: $A13 each (including
p&p by air).
o Cheque/Money Order o Visa Card o Master Card
*BINDERS: BUY 5 or more and get them postage free.
(Available in Aust. only): $A13.95 each plus $7 p&p per order.
*ELECTRONICS PROJECTS FOR CARS, VOL.2: Aust.
$A14.95; Overseas $A18.00. (Prices include p&p & GST
where applicable).
Card No.
*PERFORMANCE ELECTRONICS FOR CARS: Aust.
$A22.50; Overseas $A26.00. (Prices include p&p & GST
where applicable).
Card expiry date:
Signature_____________________________
SUBSCRIBERS QUALIFY FOR 10% DISCOUNT ON ALL SILICON CHIP PRODUCTS*
* except subscriptions/renewals
Qty
Item
Price
Item Description
Subscribe to SILICON CHIP on-line at: www.siliconchip.com.au
Both printed and on-line versions available
Total
TO PLACE
YOUR
ORDER
siliconchip.com.au
P&P if
extra
Total
Price
BUY
MOR 10 OR
ISSU E BACK
ES
A 1 0 & G ET
DISC %
OUN
T
$A
Phone (02) 9939 3295
9am-5pm Mon-Fri
Please have your credit
card details ready
OR
Fax this form to
(02) 9939 2648
with your credit card details
24 hours 7 days a week
OR
Mail this form, with your
cheque/money order, to:
Silicon Chip Publications Pty Ltd,
PO Box 139, Collaroy, NSW,
August
Australia
20972007 79
08/07
SILICON
CHIP
If you are seeing a blank page here, it is
more than likely that it contained advertising
which is now out of date and the advertiser
has requested that the page be removed to
prevent misunderstandings.
Please feel free to visit the advertiser’s website:
www.altronics.com.au/
SILICON
CHIP
If you are seeing a blank page here, it is
more than likely that it contained advertising
which is now out of date and the advertiser
has requested that the page be removed to
prevent misunderstandings.
Please feel free to visit the advertiser’s website:
www.altronics.com.au/
SILICON
CHIP
If you are seeing a blank page here, it is
more than likely that it contained advertising
which is now out of date and the advertiser
has requested that the page be removed to
prevent misunderstandings.
Please feel free to visit the advertiser’s website:
www.altronics.com.au/
SILICON
CHIP
If you are seeing a blank page here, it is
more than likely that it contained advertising
which is now out of date and the advertiser
has requested that the page be removed to
prevent misunderstandings.
Please feel free to visit the advertiser’s website:
www.altronics.com.au/
Rigol DS5062
digital
Rigol Technologies Inc, based in
Beijing, China, manufactures a range of
digital storage oscilloscopes, including
the DS5062MA, a dual-channel DSO
with a bandwidth of 60MHz and real
time sampling rate up to 1Gsa/s. Other
DSOs in the series have bandwidths
up to 200MHz. The bandwidth can
be reduced from 60MHz down
to 20MHz to increase accuracy
and reduce displayed noise, if
required.
This particular model features a monochrome “¼ VGA”
LCD screen (320x240 pixels) and
has a memory depth of 4K samples
per channel. The display refresh rate
is over 1kHz.
The DS5062MA is supplied with
two passive probes with switchable
x10 attenuation, although it accepts
probes with attenuations up to x1000.
Inputs are rated at 400V maximum.
Running through the spec sheet
reveals selectable input impedances
of 50W (useful for RF measurements)
and 1MW for almost everything else.
Fig.1: an AC-coupled sine wave and square wave at
approximately 95.5kHz. The frequency counter is
shown at top right. Three measurements are displayed
on the bottom line: RMS voltage of both channels and
the positive duty of the square wave.
84 Silicon Chip
Fig.2: a square wave at approximately 95.5kHz, shown
in the top half of the display and the Fourier Transform
with peaks at the odd harmonics is shown below. In the
top-right corner, you can see the frequency as well as
the values of the two horizontal cursors, the difference
between them and the frequency equivalent.
siliconchip.com.au
2MA 60MHz 1GS/s
storage oscilloscope
It has 8-bit vertical resolution. There
are 10 voltage and 10 time/frequency
measurements, of which any three
can be displayed at the bottom of the
screen.
The voltage measurements include
maximum, minimum, peak-to-peak,
RMS, average and over-shoot and
pre-shoot values (the latter as percentages). Time domain measurements
include frequency, period, rise time,
fall time and positive and negative
duty periods.
You can also display all 20 measurements at the touch of a button but
this reduces the active screen area
for the traces. In addition, the signal
frequency is displayed in the top
righthand corner of the screen and
you do not have to display a complete
signal cycle for it to give a meaningful
reading.
Two cursors are provided in three
different modes of operation: automatic, manual (vertical or horizontal)
and tracking.
The latter mode gives an X and Y
Review by Mauro Grassi
cursor and the intersection of these
can show the X and Y coordinates of
any point on the waveform.
The DS5062MA can acquire average
values (up to 256 values can be averaged) and detect peaks of the input
waveform. The averaging feature, as
well as the digital filter (providing
low, high, band-pass and band-stop
programmable filters) is particularly
handy when working with noisy
signals.
A nice feature is the so-called
“analog acquisition”, where the DSO
calculates the probabilities of pixels
being on or off and varies the intensity
accordingly to mimic an analog display. When sampling at less than the
Nyquist requirement an anti-aliasing
feature is provided.
The DS5062MA has a surprisingly
easy-to-use and intuitive pass/fail
test feature. This allows for an error
Fig.3: this is a PAL video test signal (eight colour bars)
from the “Pocket AV Generator” featured in the June
2006 issue. The trigger mode is set to video and PAL
is selected. The frequency counter shows 16.020kHz
(actually 15.625kHz), the horizontal frequency. The sync
pulse and the colour burst can be easily seen. The bottom
half is an expanded display of the colour burst sequence.
siliconchip.com.au
in the X and Y axes to be set and user
rules to be defined. A mask is created,
shown visually on the display in grey
and when the test is commenced, any
signal points that intersect with it trigger a user-programmable fail or pass
response from the DSO.
The “MATH” feature allows the
two channels to be combined in any
of the four arithmetic relationships
(add, subtract, multiply and divide) as
well as giving an on-screen FFT (Fast
Fourier Transform) with four modes:
Rectangular, Hamming, Hanning and
Blackman. The FFT can be displayed
below the waveform in a split-screen
arrangement or superimposed on the
waveform in full-screen mode.
On-screen menus are accessed via
five function keys to the right of the
screen. These menus can be cleared
from the screen by pressing the Off
button or they can be set to slide off
the screen after a delay (exit right!).
A convenient “AUTO” button configures the DSO to display the input
waveform in a couple of seconds –
Fig.4:this screen grab shows channel 1 at top (a sine
wave at around 95.5 kHz) superimposed with the
maths function output of A-B where A is channel 1 and
B is a square wave at the same frequency and phase.
The lower trace shows the result of zooming in on the
unshaded area in the top display.
August 2007 85
JOIN THE TECHNOLOGY
AGE NOW
with
PICAXE
Developed as a teaching tool,
the PICAXE is a low-cost “brain”
for almost any project
Easy to use and understand,
professionals & hobbyists can
be productive within minutes.
Free software development
system and low-cost in-circuit
programming.
Variety of hardware, project
boards and kits to suit your
application.
Digital, analog, RS232,
1-Wire™, SPI and I2C.
PC connectivity.
Applications include:
Datalogging
Robotics
Measurement & instruments
Motor & lighting control
Farming & agriculture
Internet server
Wireless links
Colour sensing
Fun games
Distributed in Australia by
Microzed Computers
Pty Limited
Phone 1300 735 420
Fax 1300 735 421
www.microzed.com.au
86 Silicon Chip
Fig.5: screenshot of the UltraScope software. The top window
shows a captured square wave, while the bottom window is
the “virtual panel”. The side windows are used to control the
DSO and store waveforms.
much easier than fiddling with knobs
to find the trace!
Another nice feature is the “50%”
trigger button, which automatically
sets the trigger level to the “centre”
of the waveform.
Apart from selectable AC and DC
coupling, the unit allows the trigger
to be filtered. The LF reject option
blocks low frequency triggering lower
than 8kHz while the HF reject option
attenuates frequencies above 150kHz.
Triggering can occur on edge, pulse
and there is even a video mode compatible with PAL, NTSC and SECAM
video signals (see Fig.3).
The DS5602MA can be connected
to a Windows PC via a USB cable (not
supplied) and is has optional GPIB and
RS232 connections via the EM5-COM
external module.
The scope can be controlled directly
from the PC using UltraSco pe (downloadable from www.rigolina.com).
A nice feature of the software is the
“virtual panel”, a graphical interface
that mirrors the oscilloscope, including its LCD screen. Waveforms can
be captured locally on the DSO or
downloaded to the PC.
A 320x240 bitmap file (.bmp) can
be exported at the touch of a button.
Recording and playing back waveforms is easy. The unit can store up
to 1000 frames, spaced at 1s to 1000s
intervals. These can be downloaded
to your PC for further analysis.
Up to 10 settings and 10 waveforms
can be stored locally in non-volatile
memory and there is a factory reset
option.
All menus are persistent, meaning
that they remember their last setting. The unit can be automatically
calibrated and self-diagnostics check
that the instrument is functioning
correctly. In addition, there are key
and screen tests to rule out obvious
failures. It has multi-language support,
the menu system is simple enough to
be intuitive and the use of graphical
cues is an added bonus.
So what is our overall reaction? The
Rigol DS5602MA is a keenly priced,
well-featured digital scope which is
quite easy to use. It does not have
multi-level menus which are hard
to access and most of its features are
quite intuitive.
All of which is great. The big compromise is in the display. While the
mono LCD (black or white or white
on black, is very clear, its ¼-VGA
resolution (only 320 x 240 pixels) is
a problem and will mean that fine
details of complex waveforms will
often be difficult to discern.
However, for less than $1000, you
do get a lot of oscilloscope.
The DS5062MA comes with a threeyear warranty, a user manual and a
carry case. Recommend retail price is
$799 plus GST. For more information
on the DS5062MA and other DSOs
in the series, contact the Australian
distributor, EMONA Instruments on
(02) 9519 3933 or email testinst<at>
emona.com.au
SC
siliconchip.com.au
PRODUCT SHOWCASE
Six-in-one portable test set from Ideal
The SecuriTEST portable instrument
from IDEAL Industries is a complete
six-in-one tool for the installation and
maintenance of CCTV systems.
It is intended for field technicians,
who will be able to complete an installation single handedly, it combines a
video tester, video signal generator,
PTZ (pan-tilt-zoom) protocol analyser
and console, a UTP cable tester and a
general-purpose digital multimeter in
one hand-held unit.
The 2.5inch LCD colour screen can
accept video from a CCTV camera
thereby making it easy to see that the
video signal is good. In the other direction, the video generator can provide a
test signal to check a monitor or DVR.
The SecuriTEST accepts both PAL and
NTSC signals.
The PTZ controller can be connected to a compatible camera via
RS485/422. Pan, tilt and zoom can be
controlled at the press of a dedicated
button. This is particularly handy for
installations since the video signal
from the camera can be watched on
the unit simultaneously. The output
from a PTZ console can be analysed
for debugging purposes.
We tested the PTZ controller with
a loop-back connection. The received
data is shown in the screen in groups
of hexadecimal bytes. The SecuriTEST can understand 19 common PTZ
protocols, the camera can be made to
move to preset positions and the speed
of the movement can be controlled.
The UTP cable tester is an indispensable tool to check that wiring is good.
It can quickly find open, shorted or
crossed pairs on UTP cables. A terminating piece in the form of a keyring
is provided to perform this function.
Finally, the digital multimeter allows the usual voltage, current and
resistance measurements to be made.
Currents up to 10A and voltages up to
400V can be measured. A continuity
test that gives an audible beep when
the circuit is closed frees the user from
having to look at the screen.
Two BNC connections carrying video
and two RS485/422 connections are
at the top of the unit, while the UTP
and power sockets are on the left hand
side. The multimeter connections are
standard.
The unit can be operated by rechargeable NiMH batteries that take
around 8 hours to fully charge and will
allow up to 4 hours of operation. The
rechargeable batteries are supplied but
can be replaced by 6AA alkaline batteries if required.
The keys are big and self-explanatory. Some keys have special functions
when they are held pressed for a short
period. For example, holding down the
“Help/Hold” key gives context sensi-
Altronics’ new Universal Remote Control
Universal Remote Controls are great – but in most cases anyone
over 10 has trouble programming them.
Altronics Distributors claim their new Sunwave SRC-3200 8-in-1
Touch Screen Infrared Remote Control is so simple to use even an
adult can do it! It’s one of a range of Sunwave remotes available
from Altronics.
Instead of the six or more remote controls the average home
now has, this unit takes care of everything (or up to eight of them).
All you need do is tell it your device code and it knows what to do.
Just in case your device code isn’t listed, it can learn the codes you
need. The extra large, backlit LCD screen
makes switching between devices and then
Contact:
controlling them very easy indeed.
It operates from four “AAA” cells (not Altronics Distributors Pty Ltd
supplied). Cat no is A-0999 and it is now 174 Roe St, Perth, WA 6000
available from Altronics stores and most Tel: 1300 797 007 Fax: 1300 789 777
Website: www.altronics.com.au
dealers for $269.00
siliconchip.com.au
tive help.
The SecuriTEST is easy to use. As
the LCD screen is meant as a test instrument only, its resolution and size
is not overly critical.
The screen is bright and readable although there seems to be a lot of unused
space. For example, the multimeter
uses less than half the screen for its text.
Presumably, this is to allow the video
signal to be viewed simultaneously
in the background, yet larger lettering
with transparent rather than opaque
background would have been better.
The multimeter keys are unused in
the other modes. While this makes the
interface uniform, it would be better to
use these to switch to multimeter mode
when the unit is in any other mode,
rather than having to scroll through
the modes one by one.
The SecuriTEST comes with a 1-year
warranty and all necessary accessories
to begin using it.
The SecuriTEST is not cheap but it
will pay off in convenience. The price
is $1395 plus GST.
For more information on the IDEAL
SecuriTEST unit, visit www.idealindustries.com/pdf/Securitestss.pdf
Contact:
Trio Smartcal Pty Ltd
3 Byfield St, North Ryde NSW 2113
Tel: 1300 853 407 Fax: 1300 853 409
Website: www.triosmartcal.com.au
August 2007 87
If you ever needed a
battery you need
“The Battery Book 5”
New from Siomar Battery Industries is this rather impressive catalog,
which not only lists a huge range of
batteries for critical and general applications but also giving their specs,
including capacities, size, features
and so on.
If you’ve ever wondered which was
the right battery for your particular application, you’re sure to find it listed
in this 295-page tome.
The book covers all the major battery types and it would appear, most
of the major manufacturers.
Chapters include:
• Primary batteries (alkaline, carbon,
etc)
• Lithium primary batteries
• Lithium rechargeable batteries
• Nickel batteries (NiCd, NiMH)
• Lead Acid batteries (sealed, AGM,
Gel & Energy, OPzV and OPzS)
• Chargers, solar panels
• Fuel Cells
• Notebook computer batteries
• Camera batteries
• Power tool batteries
The Battery Book 5 is available direct from Siomar Battery Industries,
either by phone or via the website
below.
Contact:
Siomar Industries
59 Innovation Circuit Wangara WA 6065
Tel: (08) 9302 5444 Fax: (08) 9302 5470
Website: www.batterybook.com
88 Silicon Chip
Is there . . . or isn’t there . . . a video camera?
Video surveillance cameras are
everywhere these days and reports
coming from many trouble spots
suggest that the mere presence of
video cameras is responsible for
significant reductions in crime and
anti-social behaviour.
Jaycar Electronics have available a range of video cameras to
suit all applications – from cheap
models for home security right
through to infrared-lit professional
models for night and day use.
But the video “camera” shown
here is a bit different. It looks like a
video camera, it has a flashing LED
(battery powered, with a one-year
life); and a fake “lens” to make it
look like a video camera. It even has a
“cable” emerging from the back into
the mounting bracket to make it look
like a video camera.
The only thing missing is . . . the
video camera!
But who is to know that? You get
the advantages of apparent video
surveillance without all the trouble
of wiring the camera into a recorder,
etc.
And if you really wanted to, it
appears to us that you could fit a
small video camera into the case at
a later date. (In fact, we are considering a future project where we do
just that)!
The “camera” comes complete
with the mounting bracket shown
in our photo and even the screws
and wall plugs to fit it.
The Dummy Surveillance Camera
is available from all Jaycar Electronics stores and dealers for $34.95
including GST. Cat no is LA5316.
Contact:
Jaycar Electronics (all stores)
100 Silverwater Rd Silverwater 2128
Tel: (02) 9741 8555 Fax: (02) 9741 8500
Website: www.jaycar.com.au
3 Axis accelerometer with serial RS232 interface
From Ocean Controls comes the
SerAccel v5, a 3-axis accelerometer up
to ±6g with a simple serial interface.
The latest SerAccel development, version 5 has many new improvements
including variable baud rate, a factory
reset command, and a complete triple
axis measurement system based on
the newly released MMA7260Q sensor from Freescale. Power is obtained
from any RS232 port (including USBto-RS232 converters) so no external
power supply is needed. The onboard
PIC (16LF88) runs at 10MHz and outputs three different types of outputs
including calculated, binary, and raw
outputs. The SerAccel v5 has software
configurable settings to select between
4 sensing ranges (±1.5, 2, 4, and 6g), as
well as a software selectable measurement frequency (0-590Hz).
The 3.2x4.4cm SerAccel outputs
real-time accelerations from 9600 to
57600bps using visible ASCII characters. It is compatible with any RS232
Comm port in conjunction with any
terminal program (Hyperterminal, VB
Programs, or anything else that can
read the comm port). A sample VB
program is supplied.
Contact:
Ocean Controls
4 Ferguson Dr, Balnarring, Vic 3926
Tel: (03) 5983 1163
Website: www.oceancontrols.com.au
siliconchip.com.au
Oatley’s powerful 12V motors, controller
If you’re looking for 12V DC motors with some real grunt for robotics,
powered vehicles and craft, etc, have
a look at these beauties from Oatley
Electronics.
Left is a $14.00, 150W model which
apparently was intended for an automotive application. We couldn’t check
the speed of this but it has some serious muscle. Size is approx. 85mm dia
x 140mm (inc 8mm shaft).
On the right is a bargain kit containing an electric window-winder
motor plus a 20A DC motor speed
controller (ready to assemble). This
motor is geared way, way down and
so the output is very powerful indeed
– don’t even think of trying to stop
it by hand!
Normally the kit retails for $36.00
but at the moment they are selling for
$27.00 (while stocks last).
Oatley have a large range of motors
for hobbyist and commercial applications – including a 500W, 36V model
for less than $100.00
Contact:
Oatley Electronics
PO Box 89, Oatley NSW 2223
Tel: (02) 9584 3563 Fax: (02) 9584 3561
Website: www.oatleyelectronics.com
Get ready for October Hong Kong Electronics Fair
The Hong Kong Electronics Fair (Autumn
Edition) is the event of choice for the global
electronics industry, serving as both a
superb showcase for manufacturers and
a powerful magnet for trade visitors.
In 2006, the fair attracted 2,481 exhibitors, over 3,700 booths from 29 countries
and regions, including group pavilions
from the Chinese mainland, Korea and
Taiwan. A total of 57,791 buyers came
from 151 countries and regions, including
around 1,200 Buyers from Australia and
New Zealand. This impressive performance
helped to reaffirm its status as Asia’s leading event of its kind and the second largest
in the world.
In 2007, the 27th edition of the show
will build on this excellent record to consolidate its position as the perfect platform
for exhibitors to showcase their latest
innovations and creations. With the hot
favorites like Hall of Fame and Technology
Exchange Zone the show is sure to be a hit
again in 2007.
Major Exhibit Categories include:
• Audio Visual Products
• Digital World
siliconchip.com.au
•
•
•
•
•
•
Electronic Accessories
Home Appliances
Home Tech
Multimedia & Electronic Gaming
Office Automation & Equipment
Personal Electronics & Multi Products
• Security Products
• Telecommunications Products
• Trade Services
Running concurrently is electronicAsia,
the region’s leading event for sourcing
electronic components, assemblies,
production services and display technologies. In 2007, the show is set to feature
around 540 exhibitors from 14 countries
and regions and a total of 30,000 buyers
are expected.
Please contact the Sydney Office for
special Hotel and Flight Deals and VIP
Offers.
Contact:
Hong Kong Electronics Fair
Tel: (02) 9261 8911
Website: www.hkelectronicsfairae.tdctrade.com.com.au
Escort bench-top
multimeters
The Escort range of bench-top multimeters has been popular in Australia
for many years. In recent times these
multimeters have been hard to source
but are now available again through
Wavecom Instruments.
The range of bench-top multimeters
now available from Wavecom includes
the popular Escort-3146A model but
also includes the 3145A and 3136A
models. The cost of these bench-top
multimeters is so attractive that they seriously challenge top-of-the-line handheld multimeters. Unless portability
is a “must have” on your requirement
list, these multimeters are worth considering.
Measurements include DC Voltage
and current, true RMS AC and AC+DC
voltage and current, resistance, frequency, diode test and continuity test.
Various bandwidth ranges for true RMS
voltage measurements are available in
different models.
Contact:
Wavecom Instruments Pty Ltd
257A Grange Rd, Findon, SA 5023
Tel: (08) 8243 3500 Fax: (08) 8243 3501
Website: www.wavecom.com.au
TOROIDAL
POWER TRANSFORMERS
General
Construction
Manufactured in Australia
Comprehensive data available
Harbuch Electronics Pty Ltd
9/40 Leighton Pl. HORNSBY 2077
Ph (02) 9476-5854 Fax (02) 9476-3231
August 2007 89
Vintage Radio
By RODNEY CHAMPNESS, VK3UG
Restoring an AWA 948C car radio
First introduced back in the 1930s, car
radios have been popular with motorists
ever since. Here’s a brief look at how they
evolved, along with the restoration details
for an AWA 948C dual-polarity car radio.
B
ACK IN THE 1930s, it wasn’t too
difficult to produce radios that ran
from the mains supply and provided
reasonable sound quality. By contrast,
car radios provided quite a challenge
for the radio design engineers.
Initially, this challenge was met by
using modified home-style receivers,
complete with dry batteries and a wetcell filament battery. These sets were
mainly used when the vehicle was
parked. However, the public wanted
to hear music while on the move and
that meant that specialised radios
were needed.
There were quite a few problems
to overcome to produce suitable radios, however. First, battery valves
have relatively fragile filaments and
bumping along the roads of the 1930s
would have meant greatly reduced
valve life. Second, the audio output
of such valves was hardly enough to
overcome the vehicle noise.
These problems gave birth to the
6.3V heater valves which suited the
6V car batteries widely used at that
time. However, the high-tension (HT)
supply was still a problem and some
receivers had a small “genemotor”
to supply a high-tension voltage of
around 250V to mains-type valves.
The AWA 948 car radio is a pushbutton unit with five tuning presets. This is the
fully restored unit, complete with its mounting bracket.
90 Silicon Chip
This device enabled audio valves such
as the venerable 6V6GT to produce
enough audio output to overcome the
noise of a moving vehicle.
It wasn’t long, however, before designers came up with the vibrator. This
mechanical device converted 6V DC
into 6V AC which could then be fed
to a step-up transformer and rectified
to provide the necessary 250V DC for
the valve plates.
The first vibrators were half-wave
devices and their design may well
have been based on the concept used
in the Ford Model-T ignition coil. The
half-wave unit wasn’t all that successful however, so after a short time the
full-wave vibrator was developed.
This subsequently became an integral
part of car radio power supplies and
survived right up until the early 1960s
when hybrid and transistorised car
radios took over from the vibratorpowered sets.
Beating the interference
Yet another important development
involved using a metal case to reduce
interference from the vehicle’s ignition
system and other electrical gear. The
battery supply to the receiver was
also filtered to prevent any interference on that line affecting the
receiver’s performance.
The antenna lead was
another important development, the designers coming up with a
high-impedance coaxial
cable. This shielded
the central antenna
lead from interference
generated within the vehicle and
was usually connected to an antenna
mounted on a front mudguard. The
antenna was (and still is today) a short
whip-type mounted in a (relatively)
interference-free area.
siliconchip.com.au
Silicon Chip
Binders
REAL
VALUE
AT
$13.95
PLUS P
&
P
These binders will protect your
copies of S ILICON CHIP. They
feature heavy-board covers & are
made from a dis
tinctive 2-tone
green vinyl. They hold 12 issues &
will look great on your bookshelf.
H 80mm internal width
The audio output transformer arrowed prevents easy access to the audio
amplifier components on the PC board. Note the size of the preset tuning
mechanism which takes up about one third of the room inside the case.
Suppression of the ignition system
usually took the form of a 400nF capacitor attached between the supply
side of the ignition coil and earth. In
addition, a 15kW resistor was included
in series with the high-tension lead
to the distributor. This resistor was
specially designed for the job and its
ends were simply screwed into each
end of the severed high-tension lead.
Early vibrator sets
Early vibrator-powered car radio
receivers were quite large. Sets such as
the Astor “Square Box”, for example,
included a 200mm (8-inch) speaker
inside the case, the set itself measuring 230mm square by 140mm deep. It
was connected to the control head by
Bowden cables.
Later sets were much smaller and
used an external speaker that could
be mounted in a location that favoured
better sound reproduction.
In those days, car radios were produced as either “universal” units that
could be fitted into almost any vehicle
or they could be made specifically for
siliconchip.com.au
particular vehicles. However, some of
the latter were simply universal models supplied with different mounting
kits and escutcheons.
I once received tuition on fitting car
radios, back in the late 1950s in Adelaide. The time taken to completely
fit a set (including its speaker and
antenna) to an FE Holden and do the
antenna tuning and ignition suppression was just 20 minutes!
H SILICON CHIP logo printed in
gold-coloured lettering on spine
& cover
H Buy five and get them postage
free!
Price: $A13.95 plus $A7 p&p per
order. Available only in Aust.
Silicon Chip Publications
PO Box 139
Collaroy Beach 2097
Or call (02) 9939 3295; or fax (02)
9939 2648 & quote your credit
card number.
Use this handy form
Positive or negative earth?
Enclosed is my cheque/money order for
The advent of hybrid and (later) fully transistorised receivers presented a
new problem that had to be resolved.
Most vehicles from the 1960s era had
the negative terminal of the battery
connected to earth (chassis) but there
were also quite a few models that used
a positive earth. This usually didn’t
matter with vibrator-powered car radios, as the valve rectifier fitted to most
sets always gave the correct polarity
for the high-tension line.
By contrast, both hybrid and transistor car radios had to be designed to
accept either positive or negative earth
$________ or please debit my
Bankcard
Visa Mastercard
Card No:
_________________________________
Card Expiry Date ____/____
Signature ________________________
Name ____________________________
Address__________________________
__________________ P/code_______
August 2007 91
Fig.1: the circuit is a fairly conventional 6-transistor
superhet with an RF stage (VT1), mixer (VT2), single
455kHz IF stage (VT3) and an audio output stage
(VT4-VT6). Diode MR2 is the detector, while MR1 is
the AGC diode.
used in both negative and positive
earth vehicles.
The AWA 948C car radio
My first encounter with the AWA
948C came when a vintage car enthusiast handed me the radio from his
Humber. It didn’t work and he wanted
me to overhaul it at my leisure.
When I finally got around to looking
at it, the first thing I attempted to do
was to track down a circuit. Unfortunately, I couldn’t find one for this
particular set but I did find one that
appeared to be quite similar – the AWA
MF3 series car radio circuit.
The AWA 948C used a simple colour-coded plug to change the polarity
(the Humber was positive earth). This
plugged into the back of the set to make
it either positive earth (red plug) or
negative earth (black plug). The red
plug can be seen in a photograph of
the overhauled receiver.
Circuit details
(or both). You could not connect a set
designed solely for a negative earth to
a vehicle with a positive chassis earth
or vice versa without doing considerable damage to the set.
92 Silicon Chip
The AWA hybrid set described in the
December 2006 issue was designed for
negative chassis operation. However,
the AWA 948C unit described here is
a fully transistorised set that can be
The PC board used in this set was
used in several different models, so the
circuit description will also apply to
other AWA car radios of the era. Fig.1
shows the circuit details. As shown, it
uses six transistors – three in the radio
frequency (RF) sections and three in
the audio section. The transistors are
all PNP germanium types except for
VT5, which is an NPN germanium.
Temperature compensation was
necessary with germanium transistors
as they are prone to thermal runaway
if they get a bit too hot. As a result,
thermistor TH1 and resistor R25 (lower
right of the circuit) provide thermal
compensation in the audio output
stage, to prevent thermal runaway.
The antenna input is conventional
for a transistorised car radio and is
coupled to transistor VT1 via the aerial
coil (TR1). Note that the cold end of
the variable inductance tuned circuit
is earthed directly to the chassis of the
set, whereas the other sections of the
set are only physically earthed at the
polarity changeover socket and plug
combination. The only other exceptions are the dial lamp and the capacitors in the interference-suppression
filters in the supply line.
Following VT1, a second inductance-tuned circuit feeds VT2, the
autodyne mixer stage. The signal is
then fed to an intermediate frequency
(IF) stage based on VT3 & TR3, which
is tuned to 455kHz. Diode MR2 then
siliconchip.com.au
detects the signal and this then drives
the audio amplifier stage (VT4, VT5 &
VT6). Potentiometer RV1 is the volume
control.
The AGC (automatic gain control)
voltage is developed by feeding part of
the signal from VT3’s collector to diode
MR1. The resulting control voltage is
then filtered and applied to the base of
the RF stage transistor (VT1).
The audio stages (VT4-VT6) are direct coupled, which makes life more
difficult for anyone servicing this section when something goes wrong (as it
did in this set). The audio output stage
is a 2N301, a common PNP germanium
“power” transistor. It drives a 15-ohm
speaker via a step down audio output
auto-transformer.
Finally, note that there are three
“spark plates” in this receiver – one
on the power input and two on the
leads to the speaker. These devices
are designed to assist in filtering out
any interference that may be on these
particular lines.
Overhauling the mechanism
Initially, I removed the top and
bottom covers from the set and had a
good look inside. This immediately revealed one obvious problem – wax had
melted and leaked from the speaker
auto transformer, indicating that it was
getting too hot.
Further inspection revealed a problem with the dual-drive friction clutch
and I decided to work on that first. The
cork friction pad had come away from
its metal drive disc and I reasoned that
contact adhesive would do a good job
of gluing it back into place.
Keeping the two sections of the
clutch apart, I first smeared contact
adhesive on to the side of the cork that
would be in contact with the drive
disc. That done, I made sure that the
disc and the cork pad were lined up
correctly before releasing the clutch.
The clutch plate pressure was then
sufficient to hold the two parts together
while the adhesive dried.
Next, I lubricated the rest of the
mechanism using my modified (blunt)
hypodermic needle/syringe assembly.
I then fitted a new terminal onto the
active 12V line and installed a new 3A
3AG fuse. It was now time for some
real troubleshooting.
Overhauling the electronics
Because the speaker transformer had
been overheated, I decided to remove
siliconchip.com.au
This is the underside view of the chassis with the cover removed. Note the
charred area on the PC board (arrowed), around the audio output stage.
The audio output transistor is attached to the underside of the chassis
(for heatsinking) and fitted with a plastic cover. Note the polarity plug at
bottom left (positive earth in this case).
the output transistor (2N301, VT6)
from its socket This is done by simply
undoing two screws and pulling the
transistor out. I then tested it using
the diode test facility on my digital
multimeter (DMM).
August 2007 93
You have to remove a lot of parts, including the knobs and the front panel
escutcheon, just to replace the dial lamp (arrowed).
Basically, if you connect the test
leads between base and emitter, the
readings for a germanium transistor
should be over-range in one direction
and around 0.25V in the other direction. Similar readings should then be
obtained if you connect the test leads
between base and collector.
Well, I didn’t get those readings!
The 2N301 measured short circuit, so
it was consigned to the bin.
My next job was to search for a suitable replacement, as germanium transistors are not all that common today
(probably even less common than
valves, in fact). Eventually, I did find
one in my spare parts bin and it tested
OK. This new transistor was then fitted into place after first smearing its
mica insulating washer with heatsink
compound.
I decided to leave the cover off the
94 Silicon Chip
set at this stage, so that I could first
check for any shorts and later take
voltage measurements. The set proved
to be clear of any obvious shorts, so I
then connected it to my variable power
supply with an ammeter in series with
the negative lead.
Initially, I set the supply output to
1.25V and then gradually wound it up
to 12V. The set drew just a few milliamps which indicated that there were
still problems with the audio stages, as
it should have been drawing around
0.5A or more.
Next, I checked the voltages on the
2N301 and they were haywire. I had
suspected from the beginning that
quite a bit of damage had been done
in the audio section and I now thought
that transistor VT5 (a 2N649) might be
faulty too.
It was now time to really get serious
about fixing the fault in the
set. That meant being able to
get at the audio section of the
receiver but that’s easier said
than done.
First, I removed the screws
that held the PC board in
place. However, I was then
able to move it only about a
centimetre which gave me no
more access to the audio section hidden beneath the audio output auto-transformer.
Furthermore, I couldn’t
remove the transformer as this
part was mounted with lugs through
the side of the receiver case. These
lugs are bent over flush with the case
and soldered (it’s obviously designed
to be fitted once only).
Eventually, I decided to disconnect one of the short leads to the
coil tuning assembly but I still had
problems. The three leads from the
output transformer and the two leads
feeding the DC into the set from the
polarity socket were much too short to
allow the board to be moved. In fact,
another 50mm of insulated wire on
these five leads would have made all
the difference.
In the end, I lengthened the two
going to the polarity socket, leaving the others as they were. That
done, I was then able to access the
parts beneath the transformer.
I removed transistor VT5 (2N649)
and tested it. It checked OK but the
2N301’s 1W emitter resistor was a
charred mess and the PC board had
also been blackened due to heat – see
photos. A nearby electrolytic capacitor
had also suffered heat damage.
I replaced the 1W resistor and the
two electrolytic capacitors, as I believed they might have been damaged.
I then reconnected all leads and tested
the set again, starting with a low supply voltage and slowly increasing it
while monitoring the current.
As I increased the supply voltage,
the voltage across the 1W resistor rose
to around 0.6V. This indicated that
the output stage was drawing around
0.6A, which is roughly what it should
draw when working properly.
It was now time to connect an
antenna. The set immediately burst
into life, so I let it run for some considerable time and the 2N301 became
only slightly warm. The sensitivity
appeared satisfactory and the alignment of the antenna, RF and oscillator
siliconchip.com.au
coils appeared to be accurate. In fact, I
rarely see car radio tuned circuits that
are out of alignment.
Aeolian 5-Valve Autodyne Superhet (1933)
Dial lamp
The dial lamp had blown and replacing it proved quite a chore. In
fact, the entire front escutcheon had
to be removed to gain access to it – see
photograph. This is another example
of poor design.
Furthermore, the original lamp was
a 12V 150mA unit but I could only find
one rated at 300mA. That problem was
solved by installing a 10W 1W resistor
in series with it to reduce the current
drawn, which means that it should
have a long life.
As a bonus, this also reduced the
heating effect on the plastic dial sections, which appeared to have been
overheated in the past.
Pushbutton tuning
Finally, it was time to take a look at
the pushbutton tuning mechanism (I
had been tuning the set manually up
until this point).
For those unfamiliar with these
units, it is necessary to tune manually to a station before setting the
mechanism. This is done by pulling
the press button out and then pressing
it in hard. The mechanism is then set
to select that particular station when
its button is pressed.
This procedure is then repeated for
the other four pushbutton.
The mechanism was still working
correctly but the pushbuttons needed
some restoration. First, I polished the
tops of the pushbuttons with auto
motive cut and polish to improve their
appearance. In addition, each button
has five white recessed lines across
it. These were looking rather shabby,
so I “painted” the front of each button using typing correction fluid and
allowed them to dry. Then, using fine
wet and dry paper I carefully sanded
away the correction fluid on the fronts
of the knobs, leaving just the recessed
lines.
The end result is not quite as good
as I would have liked but the markings certainly look a lot better than
they did.
THE ORCHESTRAL COMPANY OF MELBOURNE was a well-known supplier
of music and musical Instruments and the company also marketed radios
under the “Aeolian” brand name during the early 1930s. The unit shown here
is a 5-valve autodyne superhet from 1933. The valve line-up was as follows:
57 autodyne mixer, 58 IF amplifier, 57 anode bend detector, 59 audio output
and 80 rectifier. Photo: Historical Radio Society of Australia, Inc.
probably not long before it was given to
me to overhaul. This is a mistake that
can easily occur with a dual-polarity
set such as this.
The set is a good performer but the
designer gets the thumbs down for the
location of the speaker auto-transformer, as it obscures much of the audio
amplifier. Additionally, the leads to
it and other sections of the PC board
are too short to allow access to the
board without disconnecting several
wires. Five of them could easily have
been longer without any compromise
in performance.
Access to the dial lamp is also poor
and this could have easily been improved with just a little more thought.
Still, it’s a nice set to have in your
SC
vintage car.
These are the parts that
were replaced. Note the
corrosion on the transistor
and the charring on the
resistor and one of the
electrolytic capacitors.
The damage was probably
caused by reversed supply
polarity.
Reverse polarity
So what caused all the damage to the
output stage of this set? My suspicions
are that it had been connected to a
power supply with reversed polarity –
siliconchip.com.au
A
August
ugust 2007 95
ASK SILICON CHIP
Got a technical problem? Can’t understand a piece of jargon or some technical principle? Drop us a line
and we’ll answer your question. Write to: Ask Silicon Chip, PO Box 139, Collaroy Beach, NSW 2097 or
send an email to silchip<at>siliconchip.com.au
Balanced electret mike wanted
I have seen and built many unbalanced electret mike
preamps but would now like to build a phantom-powered
balanced electret mike. To date I have not been able to find
any circuits in previous issues.
Ideally, the circuit would be able to mount inside an
XLR or 6.5mm jack plug. It may also be possible to create
a circuit that would enable an external battery if phantom power is not available but still remain balanced. (D.
P., via email).
• Have a look at the Lapel Microphone Adaptor project
in our January 2004 issue and the add-on phantom power
circuit in the February 2004 issue (Circuit Notebook).
How to dispose of used etchant
A few months ago, in a flash of optimism and enthusiasm,
I bought a beginner’s Riston PC board kit, with a little tank,
PC boards, sachets of developer and etchant - from a major
electronics component retailer. I made my transparency, as
needed and then found that I had a problem.
Being environmentally and OH&S conscious, I began
looking for suitable plastic bottles to put the (as yet unmade)
solutions into. Not wanting to use old milk or juice containers or pasta sauce glass bottles, I found that something that
should be relatively simple to find wasn’t.
In addition, with no MSDS (Material Safety Data Sheets),
I am unsure whether I will have to store the solutions indefinitely or if there is some way to suitably deal with the
wastes. Nowadays, you can barely walk without tripping
over talk of environmental or personal safety, yet I found
this an area to be curiously lacking such advice. (C. G.,
via email).
• We have never been able to get a definitive answer on
this question. For hobbyist use (ie, small volumes) the only
practical method is to massively dilute the etchant and then
flush it down the sewer. Alternatively, if your council has
a regular pickup of paints, pesticides etc, use that.
Non-corrosive silicone sealant
Can you advise of a non-corrosive silicone that can be
used with PC boards? I need to stabilise some electronic
components in an area subject to fairly severe vibration.
(M. T., Hobart, Tas).
• Any of the roof and gutter sealants should be suitable.
These are neutral-curing as stated on the labelling; eg,
Selleys Roof and Gutter Silicone or Parfix Roof, Gutter and
Concrete Silicone.
Cordless Tool Charging Controller
I’ve just put together the Cordless Drill Charging Controller (SILICON CHIP, December 2006) and it seems to be
working. However, I’m puzzled about some of your assumptions about the average drill charger and some of the
specifications of your design.
Inside the original charging cradle, the circuit was very
similar to the one in your article about bringing a dead drill
back to life. However, the plugpack for the charging cradle
is an 18V 400mA DC supply.
When I measured the actual charging current drawn by
the cradle from the plugpack, it is approximately 300mA.
Power supply design and earthing
After browsing through a number
of SILICON CHIP articles on amplifiers, mains-operated circuits and the
like, I have a few questions.
Most of the articles use 6.4mm
spade lugs for earthing. Could a
3.2mm ring terminal not be used or
is there a specific reason for avoiding ring terminals; ie, low current
capability, weaker structure, etc?
When rectifying AC to DC in
the power supply modules, the
approximate output voltage with
a bridge rectifier and smoothing
capacitors is ACV x 1.414 = DCV.
I’ve noticed that many of the SILICON CHIP circuits don’t seem take
into account the 0.9-1.4V drop from
96 Silicon Chip
the diodes. Is this because it is only
meant to be a rough approximation?
If so, would it be damaging to a
circuit if the stated voltage in the
article was used.
For example, if the article power
supply has rails of ±25V but the real
life voltage was ±23.47, would it be
damaging to use an actual ±25V.
I realise this 1.53V difference
would be negligible but for a higherpowered circuit, the voltage difference would be in the order of 4-5V.
• You can use alternative connectors to spade lugs. 3.2mm eyelets
are also OK.
Power supply voltages are always
approximate, because the trans-
former output does vary with load.
Normally, the diode drop does
not contribute to much voltage
loss and the drop varies with load
in any case. This drop is small
compared to the transformer output
voltage variation with load; ie, its
load regulation.
The transformer secondary voltage can also be 10% higher or lower
depending on mains voltage (line
regulation).
Amplifier supply voltages are
also given as approximate values
and may vary significantly due to
the transformer regulation reasons.
So a ±25V supply versus ±23.47V
is not a problem.
siliconchip.com.au
The batteries in my drill (totalling 14.4V) are 1.2Ah Nicads
(according to the manual) and charging time is stated as
3-5 hours. Where I am confused is that on page 34 of your
article, you say that the “top up feature provides a reduced
charge (typically at 400mA) for an hour.”
Noting that you use the word “typically”, I am puzzled
as to why my charger is so different – my standard unintelligent (ie, dumb) charger supplied with the drill only
supplies a maximum of 400mA and in reality it charges at
about 300mA which means my standard charge current is
less than your typical reduced charge current.
So when you talk about a “reduced charge” in your article what sort of current are you suggesting is typical of a
non-reduced charge?
On page 38, you give an example and I’m not sure if it is
supposed to be hypothetical or typical. You say that “if the
main charge current is 3A...” – my charger clearly isn’t even
close to that. So I guess my question is – could I substitute
a different plugpack to provide a higher charge current to
my charger when using the charger controller kit?
I was also puzzled with regard to the use of the “top-up
and trickle charging option”. This seems to make a lot of
sense to me because I can just leave the batteries permanently on charge. However, it made me wonder if it was
going to fully charge my batteries well in the short term
or should I bring link 2 out to the side of the case so that I
can charge normally when I have a flat battery or use the
top up and trickle charge when I’m working with a battery
that isn’t completely flat?
You don’t specify what charging rate is used for normal
charging so I measured it and it is 260mA when used with
my plugpack and cradle but I measured the top-up charge
to be exactly the same – is this correct? Does the circuit
always deliver a charge lower than the original charger
did on its own?
Or is it confused by the fact that the kit seems to remember what mode it was in before you disconnect the power?
Is it remembering that I pressed the start button while it
was in top-up mode and therefore when I disconnect the
power and change the link and then reconnect the power, it
continues in the mode it was in previously when I pressed
the start button?
I know that you’ve had some comments in recent editions about the use of programmed chips versus discrete
components and I guess my question above highlights the
deficiency of using programmed chips.
Short lamp life in multiple lamp
fittings
I have several 3-lamp ceiling lights as well as a
2-lamp unit (all incandescent). When I put a set of
lamps in the 3-light units, one will blow after about a
week, another will blow after about a month and the
last will go on until the end of its normal life.
With the 2-lamp unit, one lamp will blow after
about a week and the remaining one will last the
normal time. This has been the situation for several
years and I have given up replacing lamps until the
last one blows.
I wouldn’t have thought that the filament in a normal
incandescent lamp would have had enough inductance
to create a spike of sufficient power to blow another
similar lamp at switch-off, especially as it is in parallel with another (unless, of course, two of them are
‘ganging up’ on the remaining one).
In any case, I had thought of putting a mains-rated
capacitor across the common power input (or even
across each lamp) as a snubber device but I don’t know
how much good this would do. On one of the 3-lamp
units, I even replaced the incandescent lamps with
low-energy fluoros but one of these even blew after a
month. Any ideas? (A. F., via email).
• This sounds to us like a clear case of “lamp domination syndrome” whereby one lamp kills the others
so it can luxuriate in isolated splendour, sucking in as
much current as it wants. Cuckoos do much the same
thing, pushing the other chicks out of the nest so that
they get all the food.
Seriously, we think the CFL failure in the same fitting is the clue. The likelihood is that the lamp fitting
is an oyster type or something similar which causes
the lamps to seriously overheat. That is why, when
the fitting only has one lamp operating, it lasts for its
normal life.
The only solution may be to fit lamps of minimum
power rating, say 40W or even 25W, to reduce the
maximum dissipation in the fitting. In fact, you may
find that the fitting has a label inside, stating the maximum lamp rating.
WARNING!
SILICON CHIP magazine regularly describes projects which employ a mains power supply or produce high voltage.
All such projects should be considered dangerous or even lethal if not used safely.
Readers are warned that high voltage wiring should be carried out according to the instructions in the articles.
When working on these projects use extreme care to ensure that you do not accidentally come into contact with
mains AC voltages or high voltage DC. If you are not confident about working with projects employing mains voltages
or other high voltages, you are advised not to attempt work on them. Silicon Chip Publications Pty Ltd disclaims any
liability for damages should anyone be killed or injured while working on a project or circuit described in any issue
of SILICON CHIP magazine. Devices or circuits described in SILICON CHIP may be covered by patents. SILICON
CHIP disclaims any liability for the infringement of such patents by the manufacturing or selling of any such equipment. SILICON CHIP also disclaims any liability for projects which are used in such a way as to infringe relevant
government regulations and by-laws.
Advertisers are warned that they are responsible for the content of all advertisements and that they must conform to the Trade Practices Act 1974 or as subsequently amended and to any governmental regulations which are
applicable.
siliconchip.com.au
August 2007 97
Had you used discrete components (which would have
made this a lot more complex and expensive and probably
impractical for most people – cheaper to buy a new drill
every three months maybe), you would have fully explained
how your circuit worked but because you programmed a
chip, you didn’t go into as much detail.
So my suggestion is go ahead and program chips but
when you do, please explain more about what the chip
is doing. In this case for instance, tell us that the chip is
remembering the state it was in before a power failure, tell
us how often the chip checks the links – is it just when it
doesn’t have an existing state to return to (ie, the first time
it is used) or is it every time it is powered up?
Tell us how we can reset the state of the chip and make it
forget the state it was in before – like the master reset on a
computer where you can reboot the chip and it will return
to the state the manufacturer originally supplied it in rather
than the state it was in when you “hibernated” it.
Or maybe I’m giving too much credit to what you included in your software for this circuit. Anyway, please
keep up the great articles and projects. (S. W., via email).
• Because there are so many power tools, we only mentioned typical charge values. The charger gives a wide
range of adjustment to allow for low rate chargers such as
the one you have.
The top-up charge is 4x the trickle charge. So if you have
set the trickle to 1/4 or more of the full charge, then the
top-up will be the same as full charge.
The processor looks at the link connections when it
is necessary. That is at the start of charge for the timeout
multiplier LK1, at the end of charge for the top-up and
trickle link LK2 and the x5 LK3.
Once the process has started, then the links can be
changed without effect until the charger is restarted with
S1. The current status is remembered during power down,
so that the charger can continue on if a power outage occurred during charging. Pressing the start switch will enable
the new link settings to be re-read by IC1.
It does not matter if you select top-up and trickle when
charging a not-so-flat battery. The top-up is still valuable
in getting the most from the batteries.
According to our calculations, for a 1.2Ah battery pack
and full charge current of 300mA, you should select the
trickle at 1/5, ie, 1.2A/20 = 60mA. 300mA/60mA = 0.2.
LK3 needs to be out and VR3 set at 0.5V.
The top up will be approximately 240mA or 4/5 of
300mA.
GPS-based Frequency Reference
With respect to the 10MHz GPS-based Frequency Reference (SILICON CHIP, March, April, May 2007), is there
some advantage I am not seeing in your design using the
one-second pulses, as it looks quite complex?
I built a version recently using a simple PLL and a
10MHz oven oscillator divided down to 10kHz for phase
comparison with a standard Jupiter 12-channel GPS which
also has a 10kHz output. This has been extremely stable
and has been working very well, making the whole project
easy and simple to build. The one problem I have is that I
cannot think of a way to measure its actual precision and
stability! Do you have any answers? (T. P., Ashmore, Qld).
• The only reason we’ve used one-second pulses in
the GPS-based Frequency Reference is that the Garmin
98 Silicon Chip
GPS receiver module doesn’t have a 10kHz output. Using
the 1pps output was therefore our only real option and it
didn’t really add a great deal to the complexity.
We agree that it isn’t easy to measure its actual precision
and stability directly, if one doesn’t have a Caesium-beam
‘atomic clock’ to use as a reference! It is only possible to
gauge its performance indirectly, by monitoring its PLL
error voltage.
Volume limiter for a TV set
I operate a motel with eight rooms, each with a Samsung
TV set. I have problems with guests who turn up the volume
too loud, causing problems with other guests. Do you have
a kit that I can place between the audio output and the
speakers so that I can attenuate the volume so it would not
go up past a preset level? (J. M., Mallacoota, Vic).
• No kit is necessary. All you need is a resistor connected in series with the signal to the volume control potentiometer, assuming that the sets do have a conventional
volume control knob. The value of the resistor depends on
the resistance of the volume control and how much you
want to curtail the loudness from the TV set. To give an
example, if the volume pot is 20kW, we suggest you try connecting a 56kW or 68kW resistor in series with the signal to
potentiometer. If that does not give a sufficient reduction,
try doubling the value, to 100kW or more.
Alternatively, for a cruder approach, just connect a 47W
(or higher) 5W resistor in series with the loudspeaker.
Fuel cut defeater has drawback
The Fuel Cut Defeater (SILICON CHIP, February 2007) is a
wonderfully simple way of bypassing boost limiters in some
engines. However the way it’s configured means it should
only be used on vehicles with a separate MAP sensor just
for the boost limit function.
Some cars such as early turbocharged Toyotas use the
same MAP sensor to monitor both air flow and boost. On
these engines, having the Defeater drop the output signal
from 3.9V to 1.4V as the engine approaches maximum
load and revs would result in the ECU interpreting a large
reduction in airflow. As a consequence, the ECU would
lean out the injectors and advance the timing under hard
load, with the likely result being a blown head gasket at
best and engine destruction at worst.
A better arrangement would be to modify the circuit to
have the output clamped at an adjustable voltage point
which could be set on the vehicle to a voltage just below that
which triggers the boost-cut function. Even here though,
it may not be advisable to take the boost too much higher
than standard, as the ECU will still be providing the timing
and fuel figures for what it thinks is a lower air flow into
the engine. (H. C., via email).
• As advised in the article, it is always advisable to
monitor turbo boost when using the Fuel Cut Defeater.
Having an adjustable clamp level would solve the leanout and timing changes problems that you mention. To
provide an adjustable clamped voltage you would need to
place a trimpot wired as a variable resistor (wiper to one
side terminal) between pin 7 of IC1b and the cathode (k)
of diode D3.
A 10kW trimpot should be suitable and it can be adjusted
so the output provides the required level to the ECU dursiliconchip.com.au
ing overboost. The variable resistor will act as a soft clamp
for the MAP sensor signal introducing attenuation of the
signal level at the IC1b threshold. This will still allow a
rising signal with input level from the MAP sensor via
IC1a’s output and 1kW resistor, so that ultimate fuel cut
out will still occur.
Technics turntable vacillates
I have a weird problem with a Technics SL1600 MkII
turntable. When you place a record on it and start it, instead
of rotating clockwise as usual, it goes back and forth about
a quarter turn for a while before turning itself off.
I don’t think it is the main bearing sticking, as I have
previously put a couple of drops of sewing machine oil on
it and it spins freely with light finger pressure. This model
uses infrared sensing for disk size and I wonder if it may
be something to do with this.
The service agent I took it to were not able to repair it,
as they could not get service manuals from Panasonic any
more and they considered that it was probably too old to
be worthwhile.
Combined with an AKG P8 ES Van den Hul II cartridge it had a beautiful sound and gave me many years
of service.
Has anybody out there seen this problem? I would appreciate any advice as I’ve not been able to find anything
like it on the internet. (R. S., Newcastle, NSW).
• The Technics SL1600 was a very fine turntable and it
would certainly be worthwhile to have it fixed. Technics
used direct drive and they referred to it as having a brush-
Notes & Errata
Tank Water Level Indicator, July 2007: unfortunately, testing in an
actual tank has shown
that the 10 resistor values
shown in the sensor string
on page 34 are seriously
in error. The corrected
values are shown in this
diagram which shows
the relevant portion of
last month’s circuit. The
resistor values are shown
for R1 to R10, together
with effective sensor resistance which is brought
into play as each sensor
is successively covered
by water.
PLUG
1
SENSOR 11
(245k)
SENSOR 10
(261k)
SENSOR 9
(276k)
SENSOR 8
(288k)
SENSOR 7
(322k)
SENSOR 6
(338k)
SENSOR 5
(370k)
SENSOR 4
(403k)
SENSOR 3
(420k)
SENSOR 2
(470k)
SKT
1
R10 3.9M
R9 4.7M
100
R8 6.8M
47
16
R7 2.7M
R6 6.8M
R5 3.9M
R4 4.7M
LEDS1–10
R3 10M
K
A
R2 3.9M
78L12
R1 470k
SENSOR 1
GND
IN
OUT
less DC motor but it was really a 3-phase AC inductionD1–4
motor with tachometric feedback.
1N4004
There evidently is some problem with the drive circuitry
but we are not familiar with it and so we are not able toK A
give you a specific pointer.
12-18V
A
Perhaps one of our readers hasACa manual or has experiA
INPUT
ence with this problem.
SC
K
Radio, Television & Hobbies:
ONLY
the COMPLETE
00
$ 62
archive on DVD
&P
+$7 P
SC
2007
This remarkable collection of PDFs covers every
issue of R & H, as it was known from the
beginning (April 1939 – price sixpence!)
right through to the final edition of R, TV
& H in March 1965, before it disappeared
forever with the change of name to
Electronics Australia.
For the first time ever, complete and in one
handy DVD, every article and every issue is covered.
If you're an old timer (or even young timer!) into vintage radio, it
doesn't get much more vintage than this. If you're a student of
history, this archive gives an extraordinary insight into the amazing
breakthroughs made in radio and electronics technology following
the war years. And speaking of the war years, R & H had some of the
best propaganda imaginable!
Even if you're just an electronics dabbler, there's something here to
interest you.
CSIRO is seeking two motivated and enthusiastic engineers,
capable of working both independently and within a team
environment to build new instruments for mapping minerals in
the mine environment. As one of the successful candidates you
will be innovative and creative, having considerable electronic/
electrical and/or mechanical/optical design experience, a high
level of software skills, and an ability to get jobs finished.
You must be prepared to participate in field work at remote
locations such as mines in Australia, and possibly overseas.
NB: Requires a computer with DVD reader to view
– will not work on a standard audio/video DVD player
Ref Number: 2007/613
Senior Engineer – $86k-$115k pa (plus Superannuation)
siliconchip.com.au
A
TANK WATER LEVEL IN
• Every issue individually archived, by month and year
• Complete with index for each year
• A must-have for everyone interested in electronics
Use
thehandy
handy order
Use
the
orderform
form
on page
this issue.
issue
on page
8179
ofofthis
K
K
The position is available immediately, and the appointment
will be for a three year term.
The successful applicant will be employed by CSIRO
Exploration and Mining and will be based in Sydney
(North Ryde) NSW.
Salary Range:
Ref Number: 2007/612
Engineer – $64k-$81k pa (plus Superannuation)
For selection documentation and details on how to apply visit
http://www.csiro.au/careers
Alternatively contact 1300 301 509
August 2007 99
ALL S ILICON C HIP SUBSCRIBERS – PRINT,
OR BOTH – AUTOMATICALLY QUALIFY FOR A
REFERENCE $ave 10%ONLINE
DISCOUNT ON ALL BOOK OR PARTSHOP PURCHASES.
CHIP BOOKSHOP 10% (Does not apply to subscriptions)
SILICON
For the latest titles and information, please refer to our website books page: www.siliconchip.com.au/Shop/Books
PIC MICROCONTROLLERS: know it all
SELF ON AUDIO
Multiple authors $85.00
The best of subjects Newnes authors have written over the past few years,
combined in a one-stop maxi reference. Covers introduction to PICs and their
programming in Assembly, PICBASIC, MBASIC & C. 900+ pages.
PROGRAMMING and CUSTOMIZING THE
PICAXE By David Lincoln (2nd Ed, 2011) $65.00*
A great aid when wrestling with applications for the PICAXE
See
series of microcontrollers, at beginner, intermediate and
Review
April
advanced levels. Every electronics class, school and library should have a
copy, along with anyone who works with PICAXEs. 300 pages in paperback. 2011
PIC IN PRACTICE
by D W Smith. 2nd Edition - published 2006 $60.00*
Based on popular short courses on the PIC, for professionals, students
and teachers. Can be used at a variety of levels. An ideal introduction to the
world of microcontrollers. 255 pages in paperback.
PIC MICROCONTROLLER – your personal introductory course By John Morton 3rd edition 2005. $60.00*
A unique and practical guide to getting up and running with the PIC. It assumes no knowledge of microcontrollers – ideal introduction for students,
teachers, technicians and electronics enthusiasts. Revised 3rd edition focuses entirely
on re-programmable flash PICs such as 16F54, 16F84 12F508 and 12F675. 226 pages
in paperback.
by Douglas Self 2nd Edition 2006 $69.00*
A collection of 35 classic magazine articles offering a dependable methodology for designing audio power amplifiers to improve performance at every
point without significantly increasing cost. Includes compressors/limiters,
hybrid bipolar/FET amps, electronic switching and more. 467 pages in paperback.
SMALL SIGNAL AUDIO DESIGN
By Douglas Self – First Edition 2010 $95.00*
The latest from the Guru of audio. Explains audio concepts in easy-to-understand language with plenty of examples and reasoning. Inspiration for audio
designers, superb background for audio enthusiasts and especially where it comes to
component peculiarities and limitations. Expensive? Yes. Value for money? YES! Highly
recommended. 558 pages in paperback.
AUDIO POWER AMPLIFIER DESIGN HANDBOOK
by Douglas Self – 5th Edition 2009 $85.00*
"The Bible" on audio power amplifiers. Many revisions and
updates to the previous edition and now has an extra three
chapters covering Class XD, Power Amp Input Systems and
Input Processing and Auxiliarly Subsystems. Not cheap and not a book
for the beginner but if you want the best reference on Audio Power Amps,
you want this one! 463 pages in paperback.
DVD PLAYERS AND DRIVES
by K.F. Ibrahim. Published 2003. $71.00*
OP AMPS FOR EVERYONE
By Bruce Carter – 4th Edition 2013 $83.00*
This is the bible for anyone designing op amp circuits and you don't
have to be an engineer to get the most out of it. It is written in simple language
but gives lots of in-depth info, bridging the gap between the theoretical and the
practical. 281 pages,
A guide to DVD technology and applications, with particular focus
on design issues and pitfalls, maintenance and repair. Ideal for
engineers, technicians, students of consumer electronics and
sales and installation staff. 319 pages in paperback.
by Sanjaya Maniktala, Published April 2012. $83.00
Thoroughly revised! The most comprehensive study available of theoretical and practical aspects of controlling and measuring
EMI in switching power supplies.
Subtitled Exploring the PIC32, a Microchip insider tells all on this powerful
PIC! Focuses on examples and exercises that show how to solve common,
real-world design problems quickly. Includes handy checklists. FREE CD-ROM includes
source code in C, the Microchip C30 compiler, and MPLAB SIM. 400 pages paperback.
By Garry Cratt – Latest (7th) Edition 2008 $49.00
Written in Australia, for Australian conditions by one of Australia's foremost
satellite TV experts. If there is anything you wanted to know about setting up
a satellite TV system, (including what you can't do!) it's sure to be covered
in this 176-page paperback book.
See
Review
Feb
2004
SWITCHING POWER SUPPLIES A-Z
PROGRAMMING 32-bit MICROCONTROLLERS
IN C By Luci di Jasio (2008) $79.00*
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO SATELLITE TV
See
Review
March
2010
ELECTRIC MOTORS AND DRIVES
By Austin Hughes & Bill Drury - 4th edition 2013 $59.00*
This is a very easy to read book with very little mathematics or
formulas. It covers the basics of all the main motor types, DC
permanent magnet and wound field, AC induction and steppers and
gives a very good description of how speed control circuits work with these
motors. Soft covers, 444 pages.
NEWNES GUIDE TO TV & VIDEO TECHNOLOGY
By KF Ibrahim 4th Edition (Published 2007) $49.00
It's back! Provides a full and comprehensive coverage of video and television technology including HDTV and DVD. Starts with fundamentals so is
ideal for students but covers in-depth technologies such as Blu-ray, DLP,
Digital TV, etc so is also perfect for engineers. 600+ pages in paperback.
RF CIRCUIT DESIGN
by Chris Bowick, Second Edition, 2008. $63.00*
The classic RF circuit design book. RF circuit design is now more important
that ever in the wireless world. In most of the wireless devices that we use
there is an RF component – this book tells how to design and integrate in a
very practical fashion. 244 pages in paperback.
PRACTICAL RF HANDBOOK
AC MACHINES
By Jim Lowe Published 2006 $66.00*
Applicable to Australian trades-level courses including NE10 AC Machines,
NE12 Synchronous Machines and the AC part of NE30 Electric Motor
Control and Protection. Covering polyphase induction motors, singlephase motors, synchronous machines and polyphase motor starting. 160
pages in paperback.
PRACTICAL VARIABLE SPEED DRIVES &
POWER ELECTRONICS
Se
e
by Malcolm Barnes. 1st Ed, Feb 2003. $73.00* Review
An essential reference for engineers and anyone who wishes
to design or use variable speed drives for induction motors.
286 pages in soft cover.
Feb
2003
BUILD YOUR OWN ELECTRIC MOTORCYCLE
by Carl Vogel. Published 2009. $40.00*
by Ian Hickman. 4th edition 2007 $61.00*
Alternative fuel expert Carl Vogel gives you a hands-on guide with
A guide to RF design for engineers, technicians, students and enthusiasts.
the latest technical information and easy-to-follow instructions
Covers key topics in RF: analog design principles, transmission lines,
for building a two-wheeled electric vehicle – from a streamlined
couplers, transformers, amplifiers, oscillators, modulation, transmitters and
scooter to a full-sized motorcycle. 384 pages in soft cover.
receivers, propagation and antennas. 279 pages in paperback.
*NOTE: ALL PRICES ARE PLUS P&P – AUSTRALIA ONLY: $10.00 per order; NZ – $AU12.00 PER BOOK; REST OF WORLD $AU18.00 PER BOOK
To
Place
Your
Order:
INTERNET (24/7)
PAYPAL (24/7)
eMAIL (24/7)
www.siliconchip.
com.au/Shop/Books
Use your PayPal account
silicon<at>siliconchip.com.au
silicon<at>siliconchip.com.au
with order & credit card details
FAX (24/7)
MAIL (24/7)
Your order and card details to Your order to PO Box 139
Collaroy NSW 2097
(02) 9939 2648 with all details
PHONE – (9-5, Mon-Fri)
Call (02) 9939 3295 with
with order & credit card details
You can also order and pay for books by cheque/money order (Mail Only). Make cheques payable to Silicon Chip Publications.
ALL TITLES SUBJECT TO AVAILABILITY. PRICES VALID FOR MONTH OF MAGAZINE ISSUE ONLY. ALL PRICES INCLUDE GST
ALL S ILICON C HIP SUBSCRIBERS – PRINT,
OR BOTH – AUTOMATICALLY QUALIFY FOR A
REFERENCE $ave 10%ONLINE
DISCOUNT ON ALL BOOK OR PARTSHOP PURCHASES.
CHIP BOOKSHOP 10% (Does not apply to subscriptions)
SILICON
For the latest titles and information, please refer to our website books page: www.siliconchip.com.au/Shop/Books
PIC MICROCONTROLLERS: know it all
SELF ON AUDIO
Multiple authors $85.00
The best of subjects Newnes authors have written over the past few years,
combined in a one-stop maxi reference. Covers introduction to PICs and their
programming in Assembly, PICBASIC, MBASIC & C. 900+ pages.
PROGRAMMING and CUSTOMIZING THE
PICAXE By David Lincoln (2nd Ed, 2011) $65.00*
A great aid when wrestling with applications for the PICAXE
See
series of microcontrollers, at beginner, intermediate and
Review
April
advanced levels. Every electronics class, school and library should have a
copy, along with anyone who works with PICAXEs. 300 pages in paperback. 2011
PIC IN PRACTICE
by D W Smith. 2nd Edition - published 2006 $60.00*
Based on popular short courses on the PIC, for professionals, students
and teachers. Can be used at a variety of levels. An ideal introduction to the
world of microcontrollers. 255 pages in paperback.
PIC MICROCONTROLLER – your personal introductory course By John Morton 3rd edition 2005. $60.00*
A unique and practical guide to getting up and running with the PIC. It assumes no knowledge of microcontrollers – ideal introduction for students,
teachers, technicians and electronics enthusiasts. Revised 3rd edition focuses entirely
on re-programmable flash PICs such as 16F54, 16F84 12F508 and 12F675. 226 pages
in paperback.
by Douglas Self 2nd Edition 2006 $69.00*
A collection of 35 classic magazine articles offering a dependable methodology for designing audio power amplifiers to improve performance at every
point without significantly increasing cost. Includes compressors/limiters,
hybrid bipolar/FET amps, electronic switching and more. 467 pages in paperback.
SMALL SIGNAL AUDIO DESIGN
By Douglas Self – First Edition 2010 $95.00*
The latest from the Guru of audio. Explains audio concepts in easy-to-understand language with plenty of examples and reasoning. Inspiration for audio
designers, superb background for audio enthusiasts and especially where it comes to
component peculiarities and limitations. Expensive? Yes. Value for money? YES! Highly
recommended. 558 pages in paperback.
AUDIO POWER AMPLIFIER DESIGN HANDBOOK
by Douglas Self – 5th Edition 2009 $85.00*
"The Bible" on audio power amplifiers. Many revisions and
updates to the previous edition and now has an extra three
chapters covering Class XD, Power Amp Input Systems and
Input Processing and Auxiliarly Subsystems. Not cheap and not a book
for the beginner but if you want the best reference on Audio Power Amps,
you want this one! 463 pages in paperback.
DVD PLAYERS AND DRIVES
by K.F. Ibrahim. Published 2003. $71.00*
OP AMPS FOR EVERYONE
By Bruce Carter – 4th Edition 2013 $83.00*
This is the bible for anyone designing op amp circuits and you don't
have to be an engineer to get the most out of it. It is written in simple language
but gives lots of in-depth info, bridging the gap between the theoretical and the
practical. 281 pages,
A guide to DVD technology and applications, with particular focus
on design issues and pitfalls, maintenance and repair. Ideal for
engineers, technicians, students of consumer electronics and
sales and installation staff. 319 pages in paperback.
by Sanjaya Maniktala, Published April 2012. $83.00
Thoroughly revised! The most comprehensive study available of theoretical and practical aspects of controlling and measuring
EMI in switching power supplies.
Subtitled Exploring the PIC32, a Microchip insider tells all on this powerful
PIC! Focuses on examples and exercises that show how to solve common,
real-world design problems quickly. Includes handy checklists. FREE CD-ROM includes
source code in C, the Microchip C30 compiler, and MPLAB SIM. 400 pages paperback.
By Garry Cratt – Latest (7th) Edition 2008 $49.00
Written in Australia, for Australian conditions by one of Australia's foremost
satellite TV experts. If there is anything you wanted to know about setting up
a satellite TV system, (including what you can't do!) it's sure to be covered
in this 176-page paperback book.
See
Review
Feb
2004
SWITCHING POWER SUPPLIES A-Z
PROGRAMMING 32-bit MICROCONTROLLERS
IN C By Luci di Jasio (2008) $79.00*
PRACTICAL GUIDE TO SATELLITE TV
See
Review
March
2010
ELECTRIC MOTORS AND DRIVES
By Austin Hughes & Bill Drury - 4th edition 2013 $59.00*
This is a very easy to read book with very little mathematics or
formulas. It covers the basics of all the main motor types, DC
permanent magnet and wound field, AC induction and steppers and
gives a very good description of how speed control circuits work with these
motors. Soft covers, 444 pages.
NEWNES GUIDE TO TV & VIDEO TECHNOLOGY
By KF Ibrahim 4th Edition (Published 2007) $49.00
It's back! Provides a full and comprehensive coverage of video and television technology including HDTV and DVD. Starts with fundamentals so is
ideal for students but covers in-depth technologies such as Blu-ray, DLP,
Digital TV, etc so is also perfect for engineers. 600+ pages in paperback.
RF CIRCUIT DESIGN
by Chris Bowick, Second Edition, 2008. $63.00*
The classic RF circuit design book. RF circuit design is now more important
that ever in the wireless world. In most of the wireless devices that we use
there is an RF component – this book tells how to design and integrate in a
very practical fashion. 244 pages in paperback.
PRACTICAL RF HANDBOOK
AC MACHINES
By Jim Lowe Published 2006 $66.00*
Applicable to Australian trades-level courses including NE10 AC Machines,
NE12 Synchronous Machines and the AC part of NE30 Electric Motor
Control and Protection. Covering polyphase induction motors, singlephase motors, synchronous machines and polyphase motor starting. 160
pages in paperback.
PRACTICAL VARIABLE SPEED DRIVES &
POWER ELECTRONICS
Se
e
by Malcolm Barnes. 1st Ed, Feb 2003. $73.00* Review
An essential reference for engineers and anyone who wishes
to design or use variable speed drives for induction motors.
286 pages in soft cover.
Feb
2003
BUILD YOUR OWN ELECTRIC MOTORCYCLE
by Carl Vogel. Published 2009. $40.00*
by Ian Hickman. 4th edition 2007 $61.00*
Alternative fuel expert Carl Vogel gives you a hands-on guide with
A guide to RF design for engineers, technicians, students and enthusiasts.
the latest technical information and easy-to-follow instructions
Covers key topics in RF: analog design principles, transmission lines,
for building a two-wheeled electric vehicle – from a streamlined
couplers, transformers, amplifiers, oscillators, modulation, transmitters and
scooter to a full-sized motorcycle. 384 pages in soft cover.
receivers, propagation and antennas. 279 pages in paperback.
*NOTE: ALL PRICES ARE PLUS P&P – AUSTRALIA ONLY: $10.00 per order; NZ – $AU12.00 PER BOOK; REST OF WORLD $AU18.00 PER BOOK
To
Place
Your
Order:
INTERNET (24/7)
PAYPAL (24/7)
eMAIL (24/7)
www.siliconchip.
com.au/Shop/Books
Use your PayPal account
silicon<at>siliconchip.com.au
silicon<at>siliconchip.com.au
with order & credit card details
FAX (24/7)
MAIL (24/7)
Your order and card details to Your order to PO Box 139
Collaroy NSW 2097
(02) 9939 2648 with all details
PHONE – (9-5, Mon-Fri)
Call (02) 9939 3295 with
with order & credit card details
You can also order and pay for books by cheque/money order (Mail Only). Make cheques payable to Silicon Chip Publications.
ALL TITLES SUBJECT TO AVAILABILITY. PRICES VALID FOR MONTH OF MAGAZINE ISSUE ONLY. ALL PRICES INCLUDE GST
MARKET CENTRE
Cash in your surplus gear. Advertise it here in Silicon Chip.
CLASSIFIED ADVERTISING RATES
Advertising rates for these pages: Classified ads: $27.00 (incl. GST) for up to 20
words plus 80 cents for each additional word. Display ads: $49.50 (incl. GST) per
column centimetre (max. 10cm). Closing date: 5 weeks prior to month of sale.
To book your classified ad, email the text to silicon<at>siliconchip.com.au and
include your credit card details, or fax (02) 9939 2648, or post to Silicon Chip
Classifieds, PO Box 139, Collaroy, NSW, Australia 2097.
Enclosed is my cheque/money order for $__________ or please debit my
o
Visa Card o Master Card
Card No.
Signature_____________________________ Card expiry date______/______
ELNEC IC PROGRAMMERS
High quality
Realistic prices
Free software updates
Large range of adaptors
Windows 95/98/Me/NT/2k/XP
CLEVERSCOPE
USB OSCILLOSCOPES
2 x 100MSa/s 10bit inputs + trigger
100MHz bandwidth
8 x digital inputs
4M samples/input
Sig-gen + spectrum analyser
Windows 98/Me/NT/2k/XP
IMAGECRAFT C COMPILERS
Name _________________________________________________________
ANSI C compilers, Windows IDE
AVR, TMS430, ARM7/ARM9
68HC08, 68HC11, 68HC12
Street _________________________________________________________
GRANTRONICS PTY LTD
Suburb/town ______________________________ Postcode______________
Phone:______________ Fax:______________ Email:___________________
FOR SALE
More control solutions for you:
NEW Radio Modules: Zigbee Radio
Modem 1km, Bluetooth Serial Modem
100m.
NEW Ethernet Modules: Ethernet to
RS232/RS422/RS485 1, 2, 4 & 8-port
Modules.
NEW Protocol Gateways: Lonworks
to Modbus, Profibus to Modbus, Can
102 Silicon Chip
(J1939) to Modbus, AB-DF1 to Modbus,
Hart to Modbus and more.
NEW M325 Microstepping Bipolar Stepper Driver only $99.
NEW 500oz-in plus Stepper Motor:
may not be the fastest motor on the
block but it has real grunt.
NEW USB 8 Relay and 4 isolated input
card.
NEW 20-Amp DC Motor Speed Con
troller.
Low Cost Dual DC Amplifier Kit:
www.grantronics.com.au
per
fect for Data Acquisition. Amplify
signals from 1.5 to 10 or reduce signals
by a factor of 0.7 to 0.1.
Electronic Thermostats with digital
temperature display, 2 control relays.
Can be used in heating and cooling.
NTC thermistor or J T/C or Pt100
sensors.
Isolated and Non Isolated RS232 to
RS485 converters.
USB to RS422/RS485 converter with
1500V isolation, RTS or Auto Data Flow
control.
Signal Conditioners – non isolated
and isolated: Convert thermocouples,
RTDs to 4-20mA or 0-10V. Fully programmable.
Stepper Motors: we have a selection
of Stepper motors for hobby and high
torque CNC applications.
DC Motors for both hobby and high
torque applications.
DC, Stepper and Servo Motor controller kits.
Serial and Parallel Port relay controller cards.
PIC MicroProgrammers: serial and
USB port operated.
Switch Mode, Battery Chargers and
DC-DC converters.
Full details and credit card ordering
available at www.oceancontrols.com.au
Helping to put you in control.
siliconchip.com.au
Satellite TV Reception
VIDEO - AUDIO - PC
International satellite
TV reception in your
home is now affordable.
Send for your free info
pack containing equipment catalog, satellite
lists, etc or call for appointment to view.
We can display all satellites from 76.5°
to 180°.
distribution amps - splitters
digital standards converters - tbc's
switchers - cables - adaptors
genlockers - scan converters
bulk vga cable - wallplates
DVS5c & DVS5s
High Performance
Video / S-Video
and Audio Splitters
AV-COMM P/L, 24/9 Powells Rd,
Brookvale, NSW 2100.
Tel: 02 9939 4377 or 9939 4378.
Fax: 9939 4376; www.avcomm.com.au
MD12 Media Distribution Amplifier
QUEST
®
C O N T R O L S
MS120
Quest AV®
HQ VGA
Cables
The world’s lowest cost controller
with inbuilt operator interface
12 digital I/O
2 line LCD
5 push buttons
Expandable
Easy to program
VGA Splitter
VGS2
AWP1
A-V Wallplate
Come to the
specialists...
®
Quest Electronics® Pty Limited abn 83 003 501 282 t/a Questronix
Products, Specials & Pricelist at www.questronix.com.au
fax (02) 4341 2795
phone (02) 4343 1970
email: questav<at>questronix.com.au
$164
Developer’s Kit $197 includes programming cable & software
Made in3/5/06
Australia -1:10
used world-wide
SPK360
PM Page 1
splat-sc.com
www.dontronics.com has 300 selected
20 years experience!
HI-FISPEAKER REPAIRS
Specialising in UK, US and Danish brands.
Speakerbits are your vintage, rare and collectable speaker
repair experts. Foam surrounds, voice coils, complete
recone kits and more. Original OEM parts for Scan-Speak,
Dynaudio, Tannoy, JBL, ElectroVoice and others!
SPK360
YOUR EXPERT SPEAKER REPAIR SPECIALISTS
tel: 03 9647 7000 www.speakerbits.com
ELECTRONICS ENTHUSIAST’S Garage Sale: Please check www.kestar.
com.au for details. Components and
miscellaneous bits and pieces. Adelaide
metropolitan area.
RCS RADIO/DESIGN is at 41 Arlewis
St, Chester Hill 2162, NSW Australia
and has all the published PC boards
from SC, EA, ETI, HE, AEM & others. Ph
(02) 9738 0330. sales<at>rcsradio.com.
au, www.rcsradio.com.au
LEDs! Cree X-Lamp XR-E LEDs
$14.50. NOS standard and superbright
brandname LEDs from just a few cents
each. 20 x 2 OLED displays $35. Also
siliconchip.com.au
LED drivers, kits and all sorts of other
stuff. www.ledsales.com.au
PCBs MADE, ONE OR MANY. Any
hardware and software products available from over 40 world wide manufacturers, and authors.
Olimex Development Boards & Tools:
ARM, AVR, MAXQ, MSP430 and PIC.
Atmel Programmers And Compilers:
STK500, Codevision C, Bascom AVR,
FED AVIDICY Pro, MikroElektronika Basic
and Pascal, Flash File support, and boot
loaders.
PICmicro Programmers And Compilers:
microEngineering Labs USB programmers, adapters, and Basic Compilers, DIY
(Kitsrus) USB programmers, MikroElektronika Basic, Pascal, DSpic Pascal Compilers,
CCS C, FED C, Hi-Tech C, MikroElektronika
C, disassembler and hex tools.
CAN: Lawicell CANUSB, CAN232
FTDI: USB Family of IC ‘s. FT232RL,
FT2452RL, also BL and others.
4DSystems LCD/Graphics: Add VGA
monitor, or OLED LCD to your micro. Simple Serial I/F.
Heaps And Heaps Of USB Products:
TTL, RS-232, RS-485, modules, cables,
analyzers, CRO’s.
Popular Easysync USB To RS-232
Cable: Works when the others fail. Only
one recommended by CBUS. Money back
guarantee.
www.dontronics-shop.com
August 2007 103
Do You Eat, Breathe and Sleep TECHNOLOGY?
Opportunities for full-time and part-time positions all over Australia & New Zealand
Jaycar Electronics is a rapidly growing, Australian
owned, international retailer with more than 39 stores in
Australia and New Zealand. Our aggressive expansion
programme has resulted in the need for dedicated
individuals to join our team to assist us in achieving our
goals.
We pride ourselves on the technical knowledge of our
staff. Do you think that the following statements describe
you? Please put a tick in the boxes that do:
Knowledge of electronics, particularly at component level.
Assemble projects or kits yourself for car, computer, audio, etc.
Have empathy with others who have the same interest as you.
May have worked in some retail already (not obligatory).
Have energy, enthusiasm and a personality that enjoys
helping people.
Appreciates an opportunity for future advancement.
Have an eye for detail.
RFMA
Why not do something you love and get paid for it? Please
write or email us with your details, along with your C.V.
and any qualifications you may have. We pay a
competitive salary, sales commissions and have great
benefits like a liberal staff purchase policy.
Send to:
Retail Operations Manager - Jaycar Electronics Pty Ltd
P.O. Box 6424 Silverwater NSW 1811
Email: jobs<at>jaycar.com.au
Jaycar Electronics is an equal opportunity employer and
actively promotes staff from within the organisation.
Advertising Index
555 Electronics............................. 41
Altronics.................................. 80-83
Amateur Scientist CDs............... IBC
Av-Comm................................... 103
CSIRO.......................................... 99
Dick Smith Electronics............ 26-29
Dontronics.................................. 103
Ecowatch.................................... 103
RF Modules Australia
Low Power Wireless Connectivity Specialists
FreeNet Antennas...................... 103
Grantronics................................. 102
Harbuch Electronics..................... 89
Applications: UHF: SMX2-433-5
Rural
Multichannel Transceiver
Multichannel Transceiver
Utilities
Narrowband. 5kbps
Narrowband. 5kbps
Industrial
Range: 500m+
Range: 5km+
Commercial
Tx Pwr: 25mW
Tx Pwr: 50mW
128 Channels
Government
128 Channels
1200 baud serial modem
1200 baud serial modem Meter Reading
RADIOMETRIX: Low Power, Licence Exempt Radio Modules
Instant PCBs.............................. 104
RF Modules Australia. P.O. Box 1957 Launceston, TAS., 7250.
Ocean Controls................... 102-103
VHF: SMX1-151-5
Ph: 03-6331-6789. Email: sales<at>rfmodules.com.au. Web: rfmodules.com.au
Jaycar........................ IFC,49-56,104
JED Microprocessors..................... 5
Measurement Innovation................ 7
Microgram Computers.................... 9
MicroZed Computers.................... 86
Oatley Electronics........................ 71
Quest Electronics....................... 103
Radio & Hobbies DVD Archive..... 99
DOWNLOAD OUR CATALOG at
RCS Radio................................. 104
www.iinet.net.au/~worcom
WORLDWIDE ELECTRONIC COMPONENTS
PO Box 631, Hillarys, WA 6923
Ph: (08) 9307 7305 Fax: (08) 9307 7309
Email: worcom<at>iinet.net.au
format, hobbyists welcome. Sesame
Electronics Phone (02) 9593 1025.
sesame<at>sesame.com.au
www.sesame.com.au
PCB CARBIDE DRILLS $3.50ea (new).
Riston coated Laminate. PCBs made,
great prices. acetronics<at>acetronics.
com.au Phone (02) 9600 6832.
AMPLIFIER BUILDERS: ezChassis®
pre-punched cabinets make all your
DIY amplifier projects easier and professional looking. Matching heatsinks
and hardware. www.designbuildlisten.
com
SURPLUS SALE, LAMINA BL2000,
BL3000, BL4000, White, Red, Green,
Amber, RGB, HIGH POWER LEDs,
also heatsinks, optical lenses and wiring
harnesses for sale. LEDs range from 4
104 Silicon Chip
Richard Foot Pty Ltd...................... 6
RF Modules....................... 104,OBC
Rockby Electronics....................... 41
Watts to 104 Watts. Contact: Gee-Tek
P/L, Tel (03) 5223 3555 or www.led.
gee-tek.com.au for prices and information.
Sesame Electronics........... 103-104
SC Perf. Electronics For Cars....... 83
Silicon Chip Binders..................... 91
Silicon Chip Bookshop........ 100-101
KIT ASSEMBLY
Silicon Chip Subscriptions........... 79
NEVILLE WALKER KIT ASSEMBLY
& REPAIR:
• Australia wide service
• Small production runs
• Specialist “one-off” applications
Phone Neville Walker (07) 3857 2752
Email: flashdog<at>optusnet.com.au
Siomar............................................ 3
WANTED
Westek......................................... 69
CUSTOMERS: Truscotts Electronic
World – large range of semiconductors
and passive components for industry,
hobbyist and amateur projects including Drew Diamond. 27 The Mall, South
Croydon, Melbourne (03) 9723 3860
electronicworld<at>optusnet.com.au
Worldwide Elect. Components... 104
Speakerbits................................ 103
Splat Controls............................. 103
Technic....................................... 102
Trio Smartcal................................ 66
Wagner Electronics...................... 39
PC Boards
Printed circuit boards for SILICON
CHIP designs can be obtained from
RCS Radio Pty Ltd. Phone (02) 9738
0330. Fax (02) 9738 0334.
siliconchip.com.au
|